Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Specifications Index
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Antilock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4T45-E) DTCS (A00275356) (A00275361)
    • Automatic Transmission (6T70/6T75) DTCS (A00275357)
    • Automatic Transmission - Shift Lock DTCS
    • Cellular, Entertainment, & Navigation DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Defogger DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Engine Electrical DTCS
    • Engine Performance DTCS - 2.4L (A00275355)
    • Engine Performance DTCS - 3.5L (A00275353)
    • Engine Performance DTCS - 3.6L (A00275354)
    • Horn DTCS
    • HVAC DTCS - Automatic
    • HVAC DTCS - Manual
    • Hybrid Control DTCS
    • Hybrid Cooling DTCS
    • Hybrid Energy Storage DTCS
    • Immobilizer DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Keyless Entry DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Park Brake DTCS
    • Steering, Electronic DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Tire Pressure Monitor DTCS
    • Trunk Release DTCS
    • Wiper & Washer DTCS
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Component Locations And Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LAT)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LY7)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LZ4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (Sedan BAS)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (Sedan)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Label
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Top View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Bottom View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4
        • Fuse Block - Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Rear C1
        • Fuse Block - Rear C2
        • Fuse Block - Rear C3
        • Fuse Block - Rear C4
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LAT)
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LZ4)
        • C101 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness
        • C102 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness
        • C103 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LZ4)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LAT)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LY7)
        • C108 Body Harness to Engine Harness (LZ4)
        • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness
        • C110 Forward Lamp to Right Headlamp Harness
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LAT)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LY7)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LZ4)
        • C206 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C207 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C208 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C216 Passenger Inflatable Restraint Harness to Body Harness
        • C300 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
        • C303 Body Harness to Floor Shifter Harness
        • C304 Body Harness to Console Harness (UK6)
        • C304 Body Harness to Console Harness (w/o UK6)
        • C307 PPS Module Harness to Passenger Heated Seat Harness
        • C308 Body Harness to Left Seat Inflatable Restraint Impact Module Jumper Harness
        • C309 Body Harness to Right Seat Inflatable Restraint Impact Module Jumper Harness
        • C310 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness
        • C351 Headliner Harness to Body Harness (UE1)
        • C400 Rear Lamp Harness to License Lamp Harness
        • C401 Rear Lamp Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness
        • C402 Rear Lamp Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness
        • C403 Body Harness to Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness
        • C404 Body Harness to CHMSL Jumper Harness
        • C413 Fuel Sender Harness to Body Harness
        • C415 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness (C3Y)
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness
        • C701 Left Rear Door Harness to Left Rear Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness
        • C801 Right Rear Door Harness to Right Rear Door Trim Pad Harness
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • Component Locations And Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LAT)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LY7)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LZ4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (Sedan BAS)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (Sedan)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Label
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Top View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Bottom View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4
        • Fuse Block - Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Rear C1
        • Fuse Block - Rear C2
        • Fuse Block - Rear C3
        • Fuse Block - Rear C4
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LAT)
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LZ4)
        • C101 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness
        • C102 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness
        • C103 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LZ4)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LAT)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LY7)
        • C108 Body Harness to Engine Harness (LZ4)
        • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness
        • C110 Forward Lamp to Right Headlamp Harness
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LAT)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LY7)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LZ4)
        • C206 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C207 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C208 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C216 Passenger Inflatable Restraint Harness to Body Harness
        • C300 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
        • C303 Body Harness to Floor Shifter Harness
        • C304 Body Harness to Console Harness (UK6)
        • C304 Body Harness to Console Harness (w/o UK6)
        • C307 PPS Module Harness to Passenger Heated Seat Harness
        • C308 Body Harness to Left Seat Inflatable Restraint Impact Module Jumper Harness
        • C309 Body Harness to Right Seat Inflatable Restraint Impact Module Jumper Harness
        • C310 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness
        • C351 Headliner Harness to Body Harness (UE1)
        • C400 Rear Lamp Harness to License Lamp Harness
        • C401 Rear Lamp Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness
        • C402 Rear Lamp Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness
        • C403 Body Harness to Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness
        • C404 Body Harness to CHMSL Jumper Harness
        • C413 Fuel Sender Harness to Body Harness
        • C415 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness (C3Y)
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness
        • C701 Left Rear Door Harness to Left Rear Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness
        • C801 Right Rear Door Harness to Right Rear Door Trim Pad Harness
    • OEM Connector End Views - Connector Index
      • Connector Index
    • OEM Connector End Views (1 Of 5)
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View -- Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Right Rear
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
      • Adjustable Pedal Connector End Views
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Switch Connector End View
        • Adjustable Accelerator Pedal Position Motor Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Module Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View
        • Internal Mode Switch (IMS) Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End Views
        • 20-Way Transmission Pass-Through Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever 4-Way Connector Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Right
      • Sunroof Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View (CF5)
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View (C3Y)
        • Sunroof Shade Module Connector End View (C3Y)
        • Sunroof Shade Switch Connector End View (C3Y)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (C3Y)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (CF5)
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) End View
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver C3
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Passenger C1
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Passenger C2
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Passenger C3
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Passenger
      • Hybrid Energy Storage Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Battery Disconnect Control Module Connector End View C1
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View (DK6)
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View (C3Y)
        • Dome/Reading Lamp Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left Front (T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right Front (T96)
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View (T96)
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Spot Lamp Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Transmission Range Indicator Lamp Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (2 Of 5)
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left Front
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right Front
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Right (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C3
      • HVAC Connector End Views - Manual
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (UE1)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (D49)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (DL8)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (D49)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (DL8)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View (LAT)
        • Generator Connector End View (LY7/LZ4)
        • Starter Motor Connector End View
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor Connector End View (BAS)
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View (BAS)
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View (w/o BAS)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (FX3)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (w/o FX3)
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Connector End View (FX3)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (FX3)
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Horn Switch Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (LAT)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (LY7)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (LZ4)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2 (Sedan BAS)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2 (Sedan)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C4
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (3 Of 5)
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (LAT)
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (LZ4)
        • C101 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C103 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (LZ4)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (LAT)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C108 Body Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View (LZ4)
        • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C110 Forward Lamp to Right Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View (LAT)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View (LZ4)
        • C206 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C207 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C208 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C216 Passenger Inflatable Restraint Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C300 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C303 Body Harness to Floor Shifter Harness Connector End View
        • C304 Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View (UK6)
        • C304 Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View (w/o UK6)
        • C307 PPS Module Harness to Passenger Heated Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C308 Body Harness to Left Seat Inflatable Restraint Impact Module Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C309 Body Harness to Right Seat Inflatable Restraint Impact Module Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C310 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C351 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (UE1)
        • C400 Rear Lamp Harness to License Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C401 Rear Lamp Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C402 Rear Lamp Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C403 Body Harness to Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness Connector End View
        • C404 Body Harness to CHMSL Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C413 Fuel Sender Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C415 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View (C3Y)
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Pad Harness Connector End View
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Pad Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C701 Left Rear Door Harness to Left Rear Door Trim Pad Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C801 Right Rear Door Harness to Right Rear Door Trim Pad Harness Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (4 Of 5)
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View (w/o DT4)
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View (DT4)
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AE8)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AF2)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (AE8)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver (AE8)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (AE8)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver (AE8)
        • Seat Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (AF2)
      • HVAC Connector End Views - Automatic
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
      • Hybrid Cooling Connector End Views
        • Heater Coolant Pump Connector End View
        • Pump Driver Connector End View
        • Starter Generator Control Module (SGCM) Coolant Pump Connector End View
        • Transmission Pump Connector End View
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor Connector End View (LZ4)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (LAT)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (LY7)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (5 Of 5)
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Bank 1 Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Bank 1 Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Bank 2 Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Bank 2 Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Bank 1 Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Bank 1 Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Bank 2 Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Bank 2 Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 2
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 2
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 6 Connector End View
        • Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve Solenoid Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQ3)
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View (UE1)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller Connector End View (UK6)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Door (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Rear (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Rear (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Door (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Rear (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Rear (UW5)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C3 (UE1)
      • Power Steering Connector End Views
        • Power Steering Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Power Steering Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Power Steering Control Module Connector End View C3
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener (GDO) Connector End View (UG1)
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (AP3/AP8)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View (AU0)
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
      • Hybrid Controls Connector End Views
        • Starter Generator Connector End View C1
        • Starter Generator Connector End View C2
        • Starter Generator Control Module (SGCM) Connector End View C1
        • Starter Generator Control Module (SGCM) Connector End View C2
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
        • 2.4L VIN 5
        • 3.5L VIN N
        • 3.6L VIN 7
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
        • 2.4L VIN 5
        • 3.5L VIN N
        • 3.6L VIN 7
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
        • 2.4L VIN 5
        • 3.5L VIN N
        • 3.6L VIN 7
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 2.4L VIN 5
        • 3.5L VIN N
        • 3.6L VIN 7
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
        • 2.4L VIN 5
        • 3.5L VIN N
        • 3.6L VIN 7
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 2.4L VIN 5
        • 3.5L VIN N
        • 3.6L VIN 7
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Adjustable Pedal System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Adjustable Pedal Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Adjustable Pedal Component Views
        • Adjustable Pedal Connector End Views
          • Adjustable Pedal Position Switch
          • Adjustable Accelerator Pedal Position Motor
          • Adjustable Pedal Module
          • Adjustable Pedal Position Sensor
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module
        • Symptoms - Adjustable Pedals
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Adjustable Pedals Inoperative
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Adjustable Pedal Position Switch
            • Adjustable Pedal Position Sensor
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake and Accelerator Pedal Adjuster Switch Replacement
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake and Accelerator Pedal Adjuster Actuator Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Adjuster Actuator Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustable Pedal Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake and Accelerator Pedal Adjustment Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adjustable Pedals Description and Operation
          • Adjustable Pedals System Operation
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connector End Views
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3006
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3006 01
            • B3006 02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3060
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3935
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3976
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Immobilizer
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
      • Repair Instructions
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components (Domestic)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components (Canada)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Adding Keys
        • Replacing Keys
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Indicator Operation
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Remote Function Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Remote Function Component Views
        • Remote Function Connector End Views
          • Garage Door Opener (GDO) (UG1)
          • Hood Ajar Switch (AP3/AP8)
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) (AU0)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Remote Functions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1008
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3105
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3109, B3110, B3111 or B3112
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Remote Functions
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative (One LED)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative (Three LEDs)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Remote Vehicle Start Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal (One LED)
          • Notes
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal (Three LEDs)
          • Notes
          • Programming the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Programming the GDO for Fixed Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Invalidate All
          • Next Available Slot
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation (One LED)
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation (Three LEDs)
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm Function
          • Remote Vehicle Start
          • Customer Programming Method for Enabling/Disabling the RVS Feature
          • Remote Vehicle Start Features That Allow A Remote Vehicle START/CONTINUE
          • Conditions to Stop A Remote Vehicle Start
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Power Door Lock System And Release Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Release Systems Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Vehicle Access Component Views
        • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver
          • Door Latch Assembly - Left Rear
          • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger
          • Door Latch Assembly - Right Rear
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver
          • Door Lock Switch - Passenger
          • Rear Compartment Lid Latch
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle Access
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B3265
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B3265 01
            • B3265 06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Vehicle Access
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Door Lock Switch Malfunction
            • Door Lock Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Door Lock Switch
            • Door Latch
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Door Lock Key Cylinder Switches Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Trunk Release Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Malfunction
            • Rear Compartment Lid Release Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Rear Compartment Lid Latch
            • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Replacement
        • Door Inside Handle Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Housing Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Replacement
        • Rear Door Lock Replacement
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Housing Replacement
        • Door Striker Anchor Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Locking Rod Replacement
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Striker Replacement
        • Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
        • Door Lock Switch Replacement - Passenger Front
        • Rear Compartment Lid Switch Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation (Extended Sedan)
          • Liftgate Release
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation (Sedan)
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Switch Operation
          • Power Door Lock Actuators
          • Power Door Lock and Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • DTC B0685
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components (Canadian)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components (Domestic)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Important
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Passive CTD Arming
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Door Ajar Switches
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft System Indicators
            • Security Indicator
          • Keyless Entry System
          • Radio with Theftlock
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
  • Communication Devices
    • Data Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Data Communication Schematic Icons
        • Data Communication Schematics
        • Body Control System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Data Communication Component Views
        • Data Communication Connector End Views
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C4
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • DTC B1000
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1004
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0073
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0100-U0299
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1866-U1899
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2100
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U2103
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U2105-U2199
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Computer/Integrating Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with High Speed GMLAN Device
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Low Speed GMLAN Device
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Data Link References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power Mode Master
          • Serial Data Gateway
          • Body Control Module
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • GMLAN High Speed Circuit Description
          • GMLAN Low Speed Circuit Description
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Serial Data Reference
    • Programming And Setup - All Systems
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
        • Audio Amplifier Programming and Setup
        • Body Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • BCM Programming
          • Remote Start Calibration, (if equipped)
          • BPP Sensor Calibration
          • SDM Part Number Learn Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Programming and Setup
          • EBCM Replacement
          • EBCM Reprogramming
        • Engine Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • ECM Replacement
          • ECM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Garage Door Opener Programming and Setup
        • Generator Battery Disconnect Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Generator Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Heated Seat Control Module Programming and Setup
        • HVAC Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Module Replacement - Automatic HVAC
          • Actuator Replacement - Automatic HVAC
          • HVAC Control Module Replacement - Manual HVAC
          • Actuator Replacement - Manual HVAC
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Programming and Setup
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Programming and Setup
          • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedures
        • Instrument Cluster Programming and Setup
        • Passenger Presence System Programming and Setup
        • Power Steering Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Setup
          • Steering Position Sensor Calibration
          • Torque Sensor Calibration
          • Steering Tuning Selection
        • Radio Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Programming and Setup
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
          • Replacing Keyless Entry Transmitters
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring Sensor Learn
        • Sunroof Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Programming and Setup (N. America except Canada)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Programming Immobilizer System Components
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Programming and Setup (Canada)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Programming Immobilizer System Components
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
        • Transmission Auxiliary Fluid Pump Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Transmission Control Module Programming and Setup
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematic Icons
      • Cruise Control Schematics
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Cruise Control)
      • DTC B3794
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0572
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0573
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0575
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0703
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System, And Navigation System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment/Communication Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Navigation System Schematics
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment/Communication Component Views
        • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
          • Audio Amplifier C1 (UQ3)
          • Audio Amplifier C2 (UQ3)
          • Audio Amplifier C3 (UQ3)
          • Cellular Telephone Microphone (UE1)
          • Digital Radio Receiver (U2K)
          • Radio C1
          • Radio C2
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller (UK6)
          • Speaker - Left Front Door (UQ3)
          • Speaker - Left Front Door (UW5)
          • Speaker - Left Front Tweeter
          • Speaker - Left Rear (UQ3)
          • Speaker - Left Rear (UW5)
          • Speaker - Right Front Door (UQ3)
          • Speaker - Right Front Door (UW5)
          • Speaker - Right Front Tweeter
          • Speaker - Right Rear (UQ3)
          • Speaker - Right Rear (UW5)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 (UE1)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 (UE1)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C3 (UE1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1015
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1016
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045 or B1055
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1259
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2455
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2470
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2476
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2482
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Speaker(s) - Reduced Volume/Audio Distortion
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • XM™ Activation
        • OnStar Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing (All Buttons Inoperative)
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Reconfiguration (without TIS2web Gen 3 and prior)
        • OnStar Reconfiguration (with TIS2web Gen 4 and later)
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Notes
          • Antenna System Test
          • Antenna Checking Procedures
            • Notes
            • Using a Test Antenna
            • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
        • Radio Setup
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Voice Recognition Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Module Bracket Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compact Disc Care and Cleaning
          • Care of CDs
          • Care of the CD Player
          • Stuck CDs
          • Labeling CDs
        • Radio Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Replacement
        • Amplifier Replacement
        • Cellular Communications/Digital Radio Antenna Replacement
        • Cellular and Navigation Antenna Assembly Replacement
        • Antenna Amplifier Replacement
        • Digital Radio Antenna Cable Replacement
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mobile Telephone and Navigation Antenna Coaxial Cable Replacement
        • Rear Seat Audio Control Replacement
        • Radio Front Side Door Lower Speaker Replacement
        • Front Upper Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Rear Speaker Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar® Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Speaker System
            • Notes
            • Base UW4 System
            • Premium UZ6 System
          • Set Clock Base (U1C) Radio
            • Set Hour Mode
            • Set Minute Mode
          • Set Clock Uplevel (UN0, UP0, UC6) Radio
            • Set Hour Mode
            • Set Minute Mode
            • RDS Auto Set Mode
          • Cassette Automatic Music Search (AMS)
            • Previous AMS
            • Next AMS
          • Cut Tape Bypass
          • Clean Cassette Player
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
          • Antenna System
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Integral 6 Disc CD Changer (ICDX [Uplevel])
          • Single Disc Loading
          • Multi Disc Loading
            • Notes
            • Removing CDs
            • Song List Feature
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
            • Notes
            • Seek (SEEK)
            • Power (PWR)
            • Band Switching (AM/FM)
            • Source Switching (TAPE CD)
            • Preset Program (P.SET PROG)
            • Volume (VOL)
          • Rear Seat Entertainment Control
            • Notes
            • DVD Source Selection
            • DVD Forward and Reverse
            • DVD Track and Chapter Selection
            • DVD Random Track Selection
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • Displaying RDS Information
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
          • Using RDS Program Types to Tune Radio
            • Notes
            • Using the INFO Feature
            • Controlling the Radio
          • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
          • Traffic Interrupt Feature
            • Notes
            • RDS Program Type Interrupts
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
          • Steering Wheel Audio Controls
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Radio Circuit Operation
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
          • Backup Lamp - Left
          • Backup Lamp - Right
          • Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Front Door
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Front Door
          • Courtesy Lamp (DK6)
          • Dome Lamp (C3Y)
          • Dome/Reading Lamp
          • Fog Lamp - Left Front (T96)
          • Fog Lamp - Right Front (T96)
          • Fog Lamp Switch (T96)
          • Hazard Switch
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Right
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right
          • I/P Dimmer Switch
          • License Lamp
          • Marker Lamp - Left Front
          • Marker Lamp - Right Front
          • Marker Lamp - Left Rear
          • Marker Lamp - Right Rear
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Left Front
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Right Front
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
          • Spot Lamp
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left
          • Transmission Range Indicator Lamp
          • Turn Signal Lamp - Left Front
          • Turn Signal Lamp - Right Front
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B2530 02
            • DTC B2530 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • DTC B2530 02
            • DTC B2530 05
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2545
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2580 01
            • B2580 06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2585
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2585.01
            • B2585.06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2645.01
            • B2645.02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3903
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3948
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3949 02
            • B3949 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3951.02
            • B3951.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0277 06
            • C0277 07
            • C0277 09
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0870 03
            • C0870 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0703
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1574
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Lamp Control Inoperative
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamp Low or High Beams Always On
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Low and High Beams Headlamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Flash to Pass Inoperative
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Replacement
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
        • Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Front Side Door Inside Handle Illumination Lamp Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (w/o Panoramic Sunroof)
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (w/Panoramic Sunroof)
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement (w/o Panoramic Sunroof)
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement (w/Panoramic Sunroof)
        • Headlamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Lo Beam)
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Hi Beam)
        • Headlamp Aiming
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement
        • Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Front Fog Lamp Cover Replacement
        • Fog Lamp Aiming
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Front Side Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
        • Front Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear License Lamp Replacement
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Diode Cover Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Diode Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Perimeter Lighting
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Displays and Gages Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Driver Information System Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Displays and Gages Component Views
        • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
          • Engine Oil Level Sensor (LZ4)
          • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch (LAT)
          • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch (LY7)
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Displays and Gages
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0158
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2961
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0461
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0462
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0463
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0464
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0520
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0521
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0522
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0523
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Displays and Gages
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Chime Always On
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Chime Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On (2.4L and 3.6L)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On (3.5L)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Mirror Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
        • Instrument Cluster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Multifunction Switch Assembly Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Turn Signal On Warning
          • Additional Warnings
        • Compass Calibration and Magnetic Variance
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Info
          • Av Speed
          • Fuel Econ
          • Coolant
          • Fuel
          • Oil Life
          • TRIP A and TRIP B
          • Set/Reset
          • Menu
          • Oil-Life Reset
          • Ambient Air Temperature
          • Odometer
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Door Ajar
          • Engine Oil Pressure
          • Hybrid Economy Indicator
          • Ice Possible
          • KM/H and MPH
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Service Vehicle Soon
          • Trunk Ajar
        • Instrument Cluster Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Headlights
    • Lighting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
          • Backup Lamp - Left
          • Backup Lamp - Right
          • Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Front Door
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Front Door
          • Courtesy Lamp (DK6)
          • Dome Lamp (C3Y)
          • Dome/Reading Lamp
          • Fog Lamp - Left Front (T96)
          • Fog Lamp - Right Front (T96)
          • Fog Lamp Switch (T96)
          • Hazard Switch
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Right
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right
          • I/P Dimmer Switch
          • License Lamp
          • Marker Lamp - Left Front
          • Marker Lamp - Right Front
          • Marker Lamp - Left Rear
          • Marker Lamp - Right Rear
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Left Front
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Right Front
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
          • Spot Lamp
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left
          • Transmission Range Indicator Lamp
          • Turn Signal Lamp - Left Front
          • Turn Signal Lamp - Right Front
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B2530 02
            • DTC B2530 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • DTC B2530 02
            • DTC B2530 05
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2545
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2580 01
            • B2580 06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2585
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2585.01
            • B2585.06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2645.01
            • B2645.02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3903
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3948
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3949 02
            • B3949 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3951.02
            • B3951.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0277 06
            • C0277 07
            • C0277 09
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0870 03
            • C0870 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0703
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1574
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Lamp Control Inoperative
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamp Low or High Beams Always On
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Low and High Beams Headlamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Flash to Pass Inoperative
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Replacement
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
        • Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Front Side Door Inside Handle Illumination Lamp Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (w/o Panoramic Sunroof)
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (w/Panoramic Sunroof)
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement (w/o Panoramic Sunroof)
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement (w/Panoramic Sunroof)
        • Headlamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Lo Beam)
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Hi Beam)
        • Headlamp Aiming
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement
        • Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Front Fog Lamp Cover Replacement
        • Fog Lamp Aiming
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Front Side Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
        • Front Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear License Lamp Replacement
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Diode Cover Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Diode Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Perimeter Lighting
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Fixed And MOVEABLE Windows
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Schematics
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Window Systems Component Views
        • Window Systems Connector End Views
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C1
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C2
          • Window Motor -- Driver
          • Window Motor - Left Rear
          • Window Motor - Passenger
          • Window Motor - Right Rear
          • Window Switch - Driver C1
          • Window Switch - Driver C2
          • Window Switch - Left Rear
          • Window Switch - Passenger
          • Window Switch - Right Rear
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Fixed and Moveable Windows
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B0283
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B0283 02
            • DTC B0283 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Rear Defogger Malfunction
            • Rear Defogger Indicator Malfunction (C60 A/C System)
          • Component Testing
            • Defog Indicator (C60 Manual A/C Only)
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Notes
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Window Defogger Inoperative (C60)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • HVAC Control Module Malfunction
            • Rear Defog Indicator Malfunction
            • Rear Defogger Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Defog Indicator
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Procedures
        • Rear Window Defogger Inoperative (C68)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Lockout Switch Malfunction
            • All Power Windows Inoperative
            • Driver Power Window Inoperative
            • Front Passenger Power Window Inoperative
            • Rear Window Inoperative
          • Component Testing
            • Driver Window Switch
            • Passenger Window Switch
            • Passenger Window Motor
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window Replacement
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Front Lower Channel Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement - Right Side
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement - Left Side
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Power Window Reinitialization
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Rear Window)
        • Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
          • Rear Defogger Switch and HVAC Control Module
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horn Schematic Icons
        • Horn Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horn Component Views
        • Horn Connector End Views
          • Horn Assembly
          • Horn Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2750
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B2750 01
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B2750 01
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connector End Views
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3006
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3006 01
            • B3006 02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3060
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3935
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3976
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Immobilizer
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
      • Repair Instructions
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components (Domestic)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components (Canada)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Adding Keys
        • Replacing Keys
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Indicator Operation
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement (LAT)
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement (LY7, LZ4)
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
        • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • Run/Crank Relay
          • Accessory (ACC) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
          • Serial Data Messages
          • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Controlled RAP
          • Serial Data Controlled RAP
          • Radio
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System, And Navigation System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment/Communication Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Navigation System Schematics
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment/Communication Component Views
        • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
          • Audio Amplifier C1 (UQ3)
          • Audio Amplifier C2 (UQ3)
          • Audio Amplifier C3 (UQ3)
          • Cellular Telephone Microphone (UE1)
          • Digital Radio Receiver (U2K)
          • Radio C1
          • Radio C2
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller (UK6)
          • Speaker - Left Front Door (UQ3)
          • Speaker - Left Front Door (UW5)
          • Speaker - Left Front Tweeter
          • Speaker - Left Rear (UQ3)
          • Speaker - Left Rear (UW5)
          • Speaker - Right Front Door (UQ3)
          • Speaker - Right Front Door (UW5)
          • Speaker - Right Front Tweeter
          • Speaker - Right Rear (UQ3)
          • Speaker - Right Rear (UW5)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 (UE1)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 (UE1)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C3 (UE1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1015
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1016
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045 or B1055
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1259
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2455
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2470
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2476
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2482
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Speaker(s) - Reduced Volume/Audio Distortion
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • XM™ Activation
        • OnStar Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing (All Buttons Inoperative)
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Reconfiguration (without TIS2web Gen 3 and prior)
        • OnStar Reconfiguration (with TIS2web Gen 4 and later)
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Notes
          • Antenna System Test
          • Antenna Checking Procedures
            • Notes
            • Using a Test Antenna
            • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
        • Radio Setup
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Voice Recognition Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Module Bracket Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compact Disc Care and Cleaning
          • Care of CDs
          • Care of the CD Player
          • Stuck CDs
          • Labeling CDs
        • Radio Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Replacement
        • Amplifier Replacement
        • Cellular Communications/Digital Radio Antenna Replacement
        • Cellular and Navigation Antenna Assembly Replacement
        • Antenna Amplifier Replacement
        • Digital Radio Antenna Cable Replacement
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mobile Telephone and Navigation Antenna Coaxial Cable Replacement
        • Rear Seat Audio Control Replacement
        • Radio Front Side Door Lower Speaker Replacement
        • Front Upper Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Rear Speaker Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar® Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Speaker System
            • Notes
            • Base UW4 System
            • Premium UZ6 System
          • Set Clock Base (U1C) Radio
            • Set Hour Mode
            • Set Minute Mode
          • Set Clock Uplevel (UN0, UP0, UC6) Radio
            • Set Hour Mode
            • Set Minute Mode
            • RDS Auto Set Mode
          • Cassette Automatic Music Search (AMS)
            • Previous AMS
            • Next AMS
          • Cut Tape Bypass
          • Clean Cassette Player
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
          • Antenna System
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Integral 6 Disc CD Changer (ICDX [Uplevel])
          • Single Disc Loading
          • Multi Disc Loading
            • Notes
            • Removing CDs
            • Song List Feature
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
            • Notes
            • Seek (SEEK)
            • Power (PWR)
            • Band Switching (AM/FM)
            • Source Switching (TAPE CD)
            • Preset Program (P.SET PROG)
            • Volume (VOL)
          • Rear Seat Entertainment Control
            • Notes
            • DVD Source Selection
            • DVD Forward and Reverse
            • DVD Track and Chapter Selection
            • DVD Random Track Selection
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • Displaying RDS Information
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
          • Using RDS Program Types to Tune Radio
            • Notes
            • Using the INFO Feature
            • Controlling the Radio
          • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
          • Traffic Interrupt Feature
            • Notes
            • RDS Program Type Interrupts
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
          • Steering Wheel Audio Controls
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Radio Circuit Operation
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Door Frame Applique Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Applique Replacement
        • Rear Door Frame Applique Replacement
        • Front Fog Lamp Bezel Replacement
        • Door Emblem and Nameplate Replacement (GME)
        • Door Emblem and Nameplate Replacement (Hybrid)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Emblem and Nameplate Replacement
        • Front Bumper Lower Fascia Grille Replacement
        • Front Bumper Upper Fascia Grille Replacement
        • Body Side Door Molding Replacement
        • Rocker Panel Molding Replacement
        • Roof Weld Joint Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Retained Molding and Emblem Description
        • Water Management Description and Operation
          • Plenum Water Flow Direction and Cleaning
          • Plenum Chamber and Drain Valve-Cleaning
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Floor Coverings And HEADLININGS
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Front Carpet Retainer Replacement
        • Floor Carpet Drying
          • Notes
          • Drying Method
        • Front Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
        • Rear Carpet Retainer Replacement
        • Rear Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
    • Instrument Panel Trim And Console Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Right Side
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Left Side
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel Replacement
        • Knee Bolster Bracket Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Bezel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Storage Compartment Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Latch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Molding Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Center Molding Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Assembly Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Reinforcement Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Rear Cup Holder Replacement
        • Front Floor Upper Console Trim Plate Replacement
        • Console Rear Trim Plate Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Side Trim Panel Replacement - Right Side
        • Front Floor Console Side Trim Panel Replacement - Left Side
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement
        • Console Replacement
        • Floor Console Bracket Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Armrest Replacement
        • Roof Console Replacement
        • Roof Console Retainer Replacement
    • Interior Trim And Paneling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Door Switch Bezel Replacement (Driver Side)
        • Front Door Switch Bezel Replacement (Passenger Side)
        • Rear Door Switch Bezel Replacement
        • Front Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Trim Panel Replacement
        • Coat Hook Replacement
        • Sunshade Replacement
        • Sunshade Anchor Replacement
        • Windshield Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Center Pillar Upper Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Center Pillar Lower Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Body Rear Corner Upper Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Body Lock Pillar Lower Trim Panel Replacement
        • Rear Window Shelf Trim Panel Replacement
        • Load Floor Rear Compartment Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Sill Trim Plate Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Inner Panel Trim Replacement
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Seat Replacement - Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Track Synchronization
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Inner Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Cushion Cover and Cushion Pad Replacement
        • Driver Seat Recliner Handle and Passenger Seat Recliner Handle Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Panel Replacement
        • Driver Seat Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Seat Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Lumbar Support Replacement
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Support Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Seat Back Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Split Folding Seat Back Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
          • Backup Lamp - Left
          • Backup Lamp - Right
          • Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Courtesy Lamp - Left Front Door
          • Courtesy Lamp - Right Front Door
          • Courtesy Lamp (DK6)
          • Dome Lamp (C3Y)
          • Dome/Reading Lamp
          • Fog Lamp - Left Front (T96)
          • Fog Lamp - Right Front (T96)
          • Fog Lamp Switch (T96)
          • Hazard Switch
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Right
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right
          • I/P Dimmer Switch
          • License Lamp
          • Marker Lamp - Left Front
          • Marker Lamp - Right Front
          • Marker Lamp - Left Rear
          • Marker Lamp - Right Rear
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Left Front
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Right Front
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
          • Spot Lamp
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left
          • Transmission Range Indicator Lamp
          • Turn Signal Lamp - Left Front
          • Turn Signal Lamp - Right Front
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B2530 02
            • DTC B2530 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • DTC B2530 02
            • DTC B2530 05
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2545
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2580 01
            • B2580 06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2585
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2585.01
            • B2585.06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2645.01
            • B2645.02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3903
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3948
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3949 02
            • B3949 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3951.02
            • B3951.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0277 06
            • C0277 07
            • C0277 09
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0870 03
            • C0870 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0703
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1574
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Lamp Control Inoperative
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamp Low or High Beams Always On
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Low and High Beams Headlamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Flash to Pass Inoperative
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Replacement
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
        • Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Front Side Door Inside Handle Illumination Lamp Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (w/o Panoramic Sunroof)
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (w/Panoramic Sunroof)
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement (w/o Panoramic Sunroof)
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement (w/Panoramic Sunroof)
        • Headlamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Lo Beam)
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Hi Beam)
        • Headlamp Aiming
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement
        • Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Front Fog Lamp Cover Replacement
        • Fog Lamp Aiming
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Front Side Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
        • Front Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear License Lamp Replacement
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Diode Cover Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Diode Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Perimeter Lighting
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
  • Memory Modules
    • Adjustable Pedal System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Adjustable Pedal Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Adjustable Pedal Component Views
        • Adjustable Pedal Connector End Views
          • Adjustable Pedal Position Switch
          • Adjustable Accelerator Pedal Position Motor
          • Adjustable Pedal Module
          • Adjustable Pedal Position Sensor
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module
        • Symptoms - Adjustable Pedals
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Adjustable Pedals Inoperative
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Adjustable Pedal Position Switch
            • Adjustable Pedal Position Sensor
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake and Accelerator Pedal Adjuster Switch Replacement
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake and Accelerator Pedal Adjuster Actuator Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Adjuster Actuator Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustable Pedal Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake and Accelerator Pedal Adjustment Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adjustable Pedals Description and Operation
          • Adjustable Pedals System Operation
    • Secondary And Configurable Customer Controls
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Secondary/Configurable Control Schematic Icons
        • Steering Wheel Secondary/Configurable Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Secondary/Configurable Control Component Views
        • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
          • Steering Wheel Controls - Left
          • Steering Wheel Controls - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
        • Symptoms - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
  • Mirrors
    • Mirror System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Mirror Component Views
        • Mirror Connector End Views
          • Inside Rearview Mirror (UE1)
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver (D49)
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver (DL8)
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger (D49)
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger (DL8)
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Mirrors
        • Symptoms - Mirrors
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Outside Rearview/Power Mirror Switch Testing
            • Outside Rearview Mirror Motor Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Mirror Replacement (Sedan)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Glass Replacement
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
  • Seats
    • Power Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Component Views
        • Power Seat Connector End Views
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AE8)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AF2)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Passenger (AG2)
          • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Driver (AE8)
          • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Passenger (AG2)
          • Seat Horizontal Motor - Driver (AE8)
          • Seat Horizontal Motor - Passenger (AG2)
          • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Driver (AE8)
          • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Passenger (AG2)
          • Seat Recline Motor - Driver (AE8)
          • Seat Vertical Motor - Driver (AF2)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Power Seat Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Seat Switch Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement (Tilt)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Horizontal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Vertical
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Recliner Actuator Motor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Seat Replacement - Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Track Synchronization
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Inner Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Cushion Cover and Cushion Pad Replacement
        • Driver Seat Recliner Handle and Passenger Seat Recliner Handle Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Panel Replacement
        • Driver Seat Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Seat Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Lumbar Support Replacement
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Support Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Seat Back Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Split Folding Seat Back Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Seat Heating System And Seat Cooling System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Component Views
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C1
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C2
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C3
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C1
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C2
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C3
          • Heated Seat Switch - Driver
          • Heated Seat Switch - Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement
        • Front Seat Heater Control Module Replacement
        • Driver Seat Back Cushion Heater and Passenger Seat Back Cushion Heater Replacement
        • Driver Seat Cushion Heater and Passenger Seat Cushion Heater Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Secondary And Configurable Customer Controls
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Secondary/Configurable Control Schematic Icons
        • Steering Wheel Secondary/Configurable Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Secondary/Configurable Control Component Views
        • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
          • Steering Wheel Controls - Left
          • Steering Wheel Controls - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
        • Symptoms - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Electronic Power Steering)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Hydraulic Power Steering)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column (Hydraulic Power Steering (HPS))
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • High Telescoping Effort
        • High Effort While Tilting Column
        • Noise While Driver Adjusting Column
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement (Electronic Power Steering)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement (Hydraulic Power Steering)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Steering Column Replacement (Hydraulic Power Steering)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement (Electronic Power Steering)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security, Found on Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Warning Systems
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • System Familiarization
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • System Diagnosis
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0569
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760 or C0765
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0775
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Grommet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn
          • Learn Mode Description
          • Sensor Functions Using J-46079
          • Sensor Functions Using Pressure Increase/Decrease Method
          • Learn Mode Cancellation
          • TPM Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Fixed And MOVEABLE Windows
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Schematics
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Window Systems Component Views
        • Window Systems Connector End Views
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C1
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C2
          • Window Motor -- Driver
          • Window Motor - Left Rear
          • Window Motor - Passenger
          • Window Motor - Right Rear
          • Window Switch - Driver C1
          • Window Switch - Driver C2
          • Window Switch - Left Rear
          • Window Switch - Passenger
          • Window Switch - Right Rear
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Fixed and Moveable Windows
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B0283
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B0283 02
            • DTC B0283 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Rear Defogger Malfunction
            • Rear Defogger Indicator Malfunction (C60 A/C System)
          • Component Testing
            • Defog Indicator (C60 Manual A/C Only)
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Notes
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Window Defogger Inoperative (C60)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • HVAC Control Module Malfunction
            • Rear Defog Indicator Malfunction
            • Rear Defogger Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Defog Indicator
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Procedures
        • Rear Window Defogger Inoperative (C68)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Lockout Switch Malfunction
            • All Power Windows Inoperative
            • Driver Power Window Inoperative
            • Front Passenger Power Window Inoperative
            • Rear Window Inoperative
          • Component Testing
            • Driver Window Switch
            • Passenger Window Switch
            • Passenger Window Motor
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window Replacement
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Front Lower Channel Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement - Right Side
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement - Left Side
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Power Window Reinitialization
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Rear Window)
        • Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
          • Rear Defogger Switch and HVAC Control Module
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wipers System And Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
          • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch
          • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump
          • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3715
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Washers Always On
        • Washers Inoperative (Without Rear Wiper)
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
          • Wiper Arm Pressure Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Washer Nozzle Replacement
        • Washer Solvent Container Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Washer Hose Replacement
        • Washer Solvent Container Filler Neck Replacement
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
        • Windshield Wiper Arm Replacement
        • Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Replacement
        • Wiper Drive System Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Wiper/Washer System Description
          • Wash Operation
          • Mist Operation
          • Intermittent Operation
          • Low Speed Operation
          • High Speed Operation
          • Park Position Operation
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Power and Ground
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connector End Views
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3006
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3006 01
            • B3006 02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3060
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3935
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3976
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Immobilizer
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
      • Repair Instructions
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components (Domestic)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components (Canada)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Adding Keys
        • Replacing Keys
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Indicator Operation
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Remote Function Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Remote Function Component Views
        • Remote Function Connector End Views
          • Garage Door Opener (GDO) (UG1)
          • Hood Ajar Switch (AP3/AP8)
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) (AU0)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Remote Functions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1008
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3105
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3109, B3110, B3111 or B3112
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Remote Functions
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative (One LED)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative (Three LEDs)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Remote Vehicle Start Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal (One LED)
          • Notes
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal (Three LEDs)
          • Notes
          • Programming the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Programming the GDO for Fixed Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Invalidate All
          • Next Available Slot
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation (One LED)
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation (Three LEDs)
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm Function
          • Remote Vehicle Start
          • Customer Programming Method for Enabling/Disabling the RVS Feature
          • Remote Vehicle Start Features That Allow A Remote Vehicle START/CONTINUE
          • Conditions to Stop A Remote Vehicle Start
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Power Door Lock System And Release Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Release Systems Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Vehicle Access Component Views
        • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver
          • Door Latch Assembly - Left Rear
          • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger
          • Door Latch Assembly - Right Rear
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver
          • Door Lock Switch - Passenger
          • Rear Compartment Lid Latch
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle Access
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B3265
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B3265 01
            • B3265 06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Vehicle Access
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Door Lock Switch Malfunction
            • Door Lock Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Door Lock Switch
            • Door Latch
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Door Lock Key Cylinder Switches Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Trunk Release Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Malfunction
            • Rear Compartment Lid Release Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Rear Compartment Lid Latch
            • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Replacement
        • Door Inside Handle Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Housing Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Replacement
        • Rear Door Lock Replacement
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Housing Replacement
        • Door Striker Anchor Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Locking Rod Replacement
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Striker Replacement
        • Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
        • Door Lock Switch Replacement - Passenger Front
        • Rear Compartment Lid Switch Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation (Extended Sedan)
          • Liftgate Release
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation (Sedan)
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Switch Operation
          • Power Door Lock Actuators
          • Power Door Lock and Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • DTC B0685
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components (Canadian)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components (Domestic)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Important
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Passive CTD Arming
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Door Ajar Switches
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft System Indicators
            • Security Indicator
          • Keyless Entry System
          • Radio with Theftlock
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Windnoise
        • Interior Windnoise
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Bolted Exterior Body Panels And Closures
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Compartment Lid Overslam Bumper Replacement
        • Hood Primary Latch Release Cable Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Filler Door Replacement
        • Front Side Door Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Replacement
        • Front Fender Replacement
        • Hood Latch Release Handle Replacement
        • Front Side Door Hinge Replacement
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Hinge Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Hinge Replacement
        • Hood Adjustment
        • Hood Replacement
        • Front Fender Insulator Replacement
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
        • Hood Latch Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Adjustment
        • Rear Compartment Lid Replacement
        • Front Side Door Check Link Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Check Link Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Housing Replacement
        • Hood Strut Replacement
        • Hood Front Seal Replacement
        • Seal Replacement - Plenum to Hood
        • Front Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Upper Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Door Upper Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Strut Replacement
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement
    • Bumpers And Fascias
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Bumper Fascia Energy Absorber Replacement
        • Front Bumper Impact Bar Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Bracket Replacement
        • Front Air Dam Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Replacement
        • Rear Energy Absorber Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Impact Bar Replacement
    • Squeaks And Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Door Frame Applique Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Applique Replacement
        • Rear Door Frame Applique Replacement
        • Front Fog Lamp Bezel Replacement
        • Door Emblem and Nameplate Replacement (GME)
        • Door Emblem and Nameplate Replacement (Hybrid)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Emblem and Nameplate Replacement
        • Front Bumper Lower Fascia Grille Replacement
        • Front Bumper Upper Fascia Grille Replacement
        • Body Side Door Molding Replacement
        • Rocker Panel Molding Replacement
        • Roof Weld Joint Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Retained Molding and Emblem Description
        • Water Management Description and Operation
          • Plenum Water Flow Direction and Cleaning
          • Plenum Chamber and Drain Valve-Cleaning
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Floor Coverings And HEADLININGS
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Front Carpet Retainer Replacement
        • Floor Carpet Drying
          • Notes
          • Drying Method
        • Front Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
        • Rear Carpet Retainer Replacement
        • Rear Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
    • Instrument Panel Trim And Console Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Right Side
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Left Side
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel Replacement
        • Knee Bolster Bracket Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Bezel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Storage Compartment Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Latch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Molding Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Center Molding Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Assembly Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Reinforcement Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Rear Cup Holder Replacement
        • Front Floor Upper Console Trim Plate Replacement
        • Console Rear Trim Plate Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Side Trim Panel Replacement - Right Side
        • Front Floor Console Side Trim Panel Replacement - Left Side
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement
        • Console Replacement
        • Floor Console Bracket Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Armrest Replacement
        • Roof Console Replacement
        • Roof Console Retainer Replacement
    • Interior Trim And Paneling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Door Switch Bezel Replacement (Driver Side)
        • Front Door Switch Bezel Replacement (Passenger Side)
        • Rear Door Switch Bezel Replacement
        • Front Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Trim Panel Replacement
        • Coat Hook Replacement
        • Sunshade Replacement
        • Sunshade Anchor Replacement
        • Windshield Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Center Pillar Upper Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Center Pillar Lower Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Body Rear Corner Upper Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Body Lock Pillar Lower Trim Panel Replacement
        • Rear Window Shelf Trim Panel Replacement
        • Load Floor Rear Compartment Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Sill Trim Plate Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Inner Panel Trim Replacement
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Seat Replacement - Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Track Synchronization
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Inner Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Cushion Cover and Cushion Pad Replacement
        • Driver Seat Recliner Handle and Passenger Seat Recliner Handle Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Panel Replacement
        • Driver Seat Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Seat Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Lumbar Support Replacement
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Support Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Seat Back Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Split Folding Seat Back Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame And Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Alignment Checking
      • Repair Instructions
        • Frame Replacement (2.4L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Replacement (3.5L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Replacement (3.6L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fender Liner Replacement
        • Rear Wheelhouse Liner Panel Replacement
        • Engine Splash Shield Replacement
        • Engine Splash Shield Replacement - Left Side (LY7, LZ4)
        • Engine Splash Shield Replacement - Left Side (LAT)
        • Engine Splash Shield Replacement - Right Side (LY7, LZ4)
        • Engine Splash Shield - Right Side (LAT)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connector End Views
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3006
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3006 01
            • B3006 02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3060
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3935
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3976
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Immobilizer
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
      • Repair Instructions
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components (Domestic)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components (Canada)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Adding Keys
        • Replacing Keys
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Indicator Operation
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement (LAT)
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement (LY7, LZ4)
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
        • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • Run/Crank Relay
          • Accessory (ACC) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
          • Serial Data Messages
          • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Controlled RAP
          • Serial Data Controlled RAP
          • Radio
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mirrors
    • Mirror System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Mirror Component Views
        • Mirror Connector End Views
          • Inside Rearview Mirror (UE1)
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver (D49)
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver (DL8)
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger (D49)
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger (DL8)
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Mirrors
        • Symptoms - Mirrors
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Outside Rearview/Power Mirror Switch Testing
            • Outside Rearview Mirror Motor Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Mirror Replacement (Sedan)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Glass Replacement
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
  • Seats
    • Power Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Component Views
        • Power Seat Connector End Views
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AE8)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AF2)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Passenger (AG2)
          • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Driver (AE8)
          • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Passenger (AG2)
          • Seat Horizontal Motor - Driver (AE8)
          • Seat Horizontal Motor - Passenger (AG2)
          • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Driver (AE8)
          • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Passenger (AG2)
          • Seat Recline Motor - Driver (AE8)
          • Seat Vertical Motor - Driver (AF2)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Power Seat Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Seat Switch Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement (Tilt)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Horizontal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Vertical
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Recliner Actuator Motor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Seat Replacement - Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Track Synchronization
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Inner Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Cushion Cover and Cushion Pad Replacement
        • Driver Seat Recliner Handle and Passenger Seat Recliner Handle Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Panel Replacement
        • Driver Seat Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Seat Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Lumbar Support Replacement
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Support Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Seat Back Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Split Folding Seat Back Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Seat Heating System And Seat Cooling System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Component Views
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C1
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C2
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C3
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C1
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C2
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C3
          • Heated Seat Switch - Driver
          • Heated Seat Switch - Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement
        • Front Seat Heater Control Module Replacement
        • Driver Seat Back Cushion Heater and Passenger Seat Back Cushion Heater Replacement
        • Driver Seat Cushion Heater and Passenger Seat Cushion Heater Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Sunroof System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Sunroof Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Sunroof Component Views
        • Sunroof Connector End Views
          • Sunroof Control Module (CF5)
          • Sunroof Control Module (C3Y)
          • Sunroof Shade Module (C3Y)
          • Sunroof Shade Switch (C3Y)
          • Sunroof Switch (C3Y)
          • Sunroof Switch (CF5)
      • Visual Identification
        • Sunroof Disassembled View
        • Sunroof Water Management System Identification
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Close
        • Power Sunroof Window is Skewed
        • Power Sunroof When Operated from Vent to Close One Side Will Drop Before the Other
        • Power Sunroof When Closing from the Vent Position the Window Will Reverse Direction
        • Power Sunroof Will Stop at the Wrong Location
        • Power Sunroof Will Over Travel the Open Position and Stall the Motor
        • Power Sunroof Will Over Travel the Close Position and Stall the Motor
      • Repair Instructions
        • Sunroof Actuator Cover Replacement - 2-3-4
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Actuator Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Air Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Inspection and Cleaning
          • Drain Hose Routing
          • Plugged Drain Hose
          • Disconnected Drain Hose
        • Sunroof Sunshade Guide Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Water Gutter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Housing Front Drain Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Housing Rear Drain Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Opening Trim Finish Lace Replacement (C3Y)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Opening Trim Finish Lace Replacement (CF5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement (CF5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement (C3Y)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Initialization/Teach Process (Existing Motor)
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Initialization/Teach Process (New Motor)
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Initialization/Teach Process (Panoramic)
          • Initialization Procedure
          • Teach Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement (C3Y)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement (CF5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Replacement (CF5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Seal Pucker Repair
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Seal Roll Repair
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Seal Replacement (C3Y)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Seal Replacement (CF5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Stop Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Manual Operation
        • Sunroof Sunshade Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement (CF5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Track Timing/Synchronization
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Cable Drive Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Alignment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Height and Opening Fit Adjustment (C3Y)
        • Sunroof Window Height and Opening Fit Adjustment (CF5)
        • Sunroof Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement - Middle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Sunroof Description and Operation (w/RPO CF5)
        • Water Management Description and Operation
          • Sunroof Water Flow Direction (Sedan)
          • Sunroof Water Flow Direction (Extended Sedan)
  • Fixed And MOVEABLE Windows
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Moveable Window Schematics
      • Defogger Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Window Systems Component Views
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid C2
        • Window Motor -- Driver
        • Window Motor - Left Rear
        • Window Motor - Passenger
        • Window Motor - Right Rear
        • Window Switch - Driver C1
        • Window Switch - Driver C2
        • Window Switch - Left Rear
        • Window Switch - Passenger
        • Window Switch - Right Rear
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Fixed and Moveable Windows
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • DTC B0283
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC B0283 02
          • DTC B0283 05
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • Rear Defogger Malfunction
          • Rear Defogger Indicator Malfunction (C60 A/C System)
        • Component Testing
          • Defog Indicator (C60 Manual A/C Only)
          • Relay Test
        • Repair Procedures
      • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
        • Notes
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Rear Window Defogger Inoperative (C60)
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • HVAC Control Module Malfunction
          • Rear Defog Indicator Malfunction
          • Rear Defogger Malfunction
        • Component Testing
          • HVAC Control Module
          • Defog Indicator
          • Relay Test
        • Repair Procedures
      • Rear Window Defogger Inoperative (C68)
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • Lockout Switch Malfunction
          • All Power Windows Inoperative
          • Driver Power Window Inoperative
          • Front Passenger Power Window Inoperative
          • Rear Window Inoperative
        • Component Testing
          • Driver Window Switch
          • Passenger Window Switch
          • Passenger Window Motor
        • Repair Procedures
    • Repair Instructions
      • Windshield Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Front Side Door Window Replacement
      • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
      • Rear Side Door Stationary Window Replacement
      • Rear Window Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Front Side Door Window Channel Replacement
      • Rear Side Door Window Front Lower Channel Replacement
      • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement - Right Side
      • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement - Left Side
      • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
      • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
      • Front Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
      • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
      • Power Window Reinitialization
      • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
      • Front Side Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
      • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
      • Rear Side Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
      • Rear Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rear Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
      • Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Rear Window)
      • Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
    • Description and Operation
      • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Adhesive Service Kit Description
      • Stationary Window Description
      • Power Windows Description and Operation
        • Power Window System Components
        • Power Window System Controls
        • Driver Window Operation
        • Express Down Feature
        • Lockout Switch Feature
        • Individual Window Operation
      • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
        • Rear Window Defogger System Components
        • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Rear Defogger Switch and HVAC Control Module
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System, TCS & VSES
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Antilock Brake System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Antilock Brake System Component Views
        • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
          • Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor (BAS)
          • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor (BAS)
          • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor (w/o BAS)
          • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (FX3)
          • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (w/o FX3)
          • Steering Wheel Position Sensor (FX3)
          • Traction Control Switch
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - Left Front
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - Left Rear
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - Right Front
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - Right Rear
          • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor (FX3)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Test Drive
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC C0035-C0050
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0035-C0050 18
            • C0035-C0050 0F
            • C0035-C0050 00
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0035- 0050 18
            • C0035-C0050 18, 0F, 00
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0110
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0110 04
            • C0110 07
            • C0110 61
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0110 04
            • C0110 07
            • C0110 61
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0116
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0121
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0136
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0136 00
            • C0136 08
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0137
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0161
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0186
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0186 00, 09 and 1A
            • C0186 08
            • C0186 09
            • C0186 19
            • C0186 1A
            • C0186 52
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0196
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0196 00
            • C0196 09
            • C0196 1A
            • C0196 52
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0220-C0229
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0240
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0242 or P0856
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information:
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC C0249 or C0250
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0252
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0253
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0281 or C081
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0550 00
            • C0550 04
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0551
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0561
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0565
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0710
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0710 00
            • C0710 1A
            • C0710 1F
            • C0710 52
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0899
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0900
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Control Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Control Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Poor Performance
          • Circuit Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antilock Brake System Automated Bleed Procedure
          • Bleeding the ABS System
          • Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Traction Control Switch Replacement
        • Vehicle Yaw Sensor with Vehicle Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
          • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
          • Driver Information Indicators and Messages
            • Notes
            • Brake Warning Indicator
            • ABS Indicator
            • Stability System Off Indicator
            • Traction Disabled Indicator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brakes
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Variation Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Measurement
          • Tools Required
          • Measurement Procedure
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Front Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection
        • Rear Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Disc Brake Pads Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Disc Brake Pads Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pad and Rotor Burnishing
        • Front Brake Caliper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Caliper Overhaul
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Overhaul
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Disc Brake Hardware Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Disc Brake Hardware Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Rotor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Rotor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - Indexing
          • Tools Required
          • Indexing Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - Correction Plates
          • Tools Required
          • Correction Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - On Vehicle Lathe
          • Tools Required
          • Correction Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
          • Tools Required
          • Refinishing Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Disc Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Hydraulic Brake Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Views
        • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
          • Brake Fluid Level Switch
          • Park Brake Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
        • Brake Pulsation
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Descriptions
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Brake Fluid Level Indicator Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Front Brake Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
          • Tools Required
          • Bleeding Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Power Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor Replacement
        • Brake Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake Fluid and Brake Fluid Handling
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake System Indicator
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
      • DTC B0005
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Test Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions For Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Description and Operation
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • Parking Brake Lever Pedal Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Parking Brake Indicator Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Parking Brake Rear Cable Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Park Brake System Description and Operation
  • Traction Control
    • Antilock Brake System, TCS & VSES
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Antilock Brake System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Antilock Brake System Component Views
        • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
          • Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor (BAS)
          • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor (BAS)
          • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor (w/o BAS)
          • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (FX3)
          • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (w/o FX3)
          • Steering Wheel Position Sensor (FX3)
          • Traction Control Switch
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - Left Front
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - Left Rear
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - Right Front
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - Right Rear
          • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor (FX3)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Test Drive
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC C0035-C0050
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0035-C0050 18
            • C0035-C0050 0F
            • C0035-C0050 00
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0035- 0050 18
            • C0035-C0050 18, 0F, 00
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0110
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0110 04
            • C0110 07
            • C0110 61
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0110 04
            • C0110 07
            • C0110 61
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0116
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0121
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0136
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0136 00
            • C0136 08
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0137
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0161
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0186
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0186 00, 09 and 1A
            • C0186 08
            • C0186 09
            • C0186 19
            • C0186 1A
            • C0186 52
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0196
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0196 00
            • C0196 09
            • C0196 1A
            • C0196 52
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0220-C0229
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0240
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0242 or P0856
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information:
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC C0249 or C0250
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0252
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0253
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0281 or C081
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0550 00
            • C0550 04
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0551
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0561
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0565
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0710
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0710 00
            • C0710 1A
            • C0710 1F
            • C0710 52
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0899
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0900
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Control Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Control Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Poor Performance
          • Circuit Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antilock Brake System Automated Bleed Procedure
          • Bleeding the ABS System
          • Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Traction Control Switch Replacement
        • Vehicle Yaw Sensor with Vehicle Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
          • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
          • Driver Information Indicators and Messages
            • Notes
            • Brake Warning Indicator
            • ABS Indicator
            • Stability System Off Indicator
            • Traction Disabled Indicator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Symptoms - Wheel Drive Shafts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Shudder or Vibration During Acceleration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Drive Shaft Replacement
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Boot Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Boot Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Boots (Seals) And Clamps
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Tripot Joint (Inner Joint)
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Constant Velocity Joint (Outer Joint)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Component Locations And Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LAT)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LY7)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LZ4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (Sedan BAS)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (Sedan)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Label
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Top View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Bottom View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4
        • Fuse Block - Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Rear C1
        • Fuse Block - Rear C2
        • Fuse Block - Rear C3
        • Fuse Block - Rear C4
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LAT)
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LZ4)
        • C101 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness
        • C102 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness
        • C103 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LZ4)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LAT)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LY7)
        • C108 Body Harness to Engine Harness (LZ4)
        • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness
        • C110 Forward Lamp to Right Headlamp Harness
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LAT)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LY7)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LZ4)
        • C206 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C207 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C208 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C216 Passenger Inflatable Restraint Harness to Body Harness
        • C300 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
        • C303 Body Harness to Floor Shifter Harness
        • C304 Body Harness to Console Harness (UK6)
        • C304 Body Harness to Console Harness (w/o UK6)
        • C307 PPS Module Harness to Passenger Heated Seat Harness
        • C308 Body Harness to Left Seat Inflatable Restraint Impact Module Jumper Harness
        • C309 Body Harness to Right Seat Inflatable Restraint Impact Module Jumper Harness
        • C310 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness
        • C351 Headliner Harness to Body Harness (UE1)
        • C400 Rear Lamp Harness to License Lamp Harness
        • C401 Rear Lamp Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness
        • C402 Rear Lamp Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness
        • C403 Body Harness to Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness
        • C404 Body Harness to CHMSL Jumper Harness
        • C413 Fuel Sender Harness to Body Harness
        • C415 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness (C3Y)
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness
        • C701 Left Rear Door Harness to Left Rear Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness
        • C801 Right Rear Door Harness to Right Rear Door Trim Pad Harness
    • OEM Connector End Views - Connector Index
      • Connector Index
    • OEM Connector End Views (1 Of 5)
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View -- Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Right Rear
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
      • Adjustable Pedal Connector End Views
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Switch Connector End View
        • Adjustable Accelerator Pedal Position Motor Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Module Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View
        • Internal Mode Switch (IMS) Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End Views
        • 20-Way Transmission Pass-Through Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever 4-Way Connector Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Right
      • Sunroof Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View (CF5)
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View (C3Y)
        • Sunroof Shade Module Connector End View (C3Y)
        • Sunroof Shade Switch Connector End View (C3Y)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (C3Y)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (CF5)
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) End View
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver C3
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Passenger C1
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Passenger C2
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Passenger C3
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Passenger
      • Hybrid Energy Storage Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Battery Disconnect Control Module Connector End View C1
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View (DK6)
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View (C3Y)
        • Dome/Reading Lamp Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left Front (T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right Front (T96)
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View (T96)
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Spot Lamp Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Transmission Range Indicator Lamp Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (2 Of 5)
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left Front
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right Front
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Right (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C3
      • HVAC Connector End Views - Manual
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (UE1)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (D49)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (DL8)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (D49)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (DL8)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View (LAT)
        • Generator Connector End View (LY7/LZ4)
        • Starter Motor Connector End View
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor Connector End View (BAS)
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View (BAS)
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View (w/o BAS)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (FX3)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (w/o FX3)
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Connector End View (FX3)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (FX3)
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Horn Switch Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (LAT)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (LY7)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (LZ4)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2 (Sedan BAS)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2 (Sedan)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C4
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (3 Of 5)
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (LAT)
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (LZ4)
        • C101 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C103 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (LZ4)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (LAT)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C108 Body Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View (LZ4)
        • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C110 Forward Lamp to Right Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View (LAT)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View (LZ4)
        • C206 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C207 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C208 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C216 Passenger Inflatable Restraint Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C300 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C303 Body Harness to Floor Shifter Harness Connector End View
        • C304 Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View (UK6)
        • C304 Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View (w/o UK6)
        • C307 PPS Module Harness to Passenger Heated Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C308 Body Harness to Left Seat Inflatable Restraint Impact Module Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C309 Body Harness to Right Seat Inflatable Restraint Impact Module Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C310 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C351 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (UE1)
        • C400 Rear Lamp Harness to License Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C401 Rear Lamp Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C402 Rear Lamp Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C403 Body Harness to Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness Connector End View
        • C404 Body Harness to CHMSL Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C413 Fuel Sender Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C415 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View (C3Y)
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Pad Harness Connector End View
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Pad Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C701 Left Rear Door Harness to Left Rear Door Trim Pad Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C801 Right Rear Door Harness to Right Rear Door Trim Pad Harness Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (4 Of 5)
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View (w/o DT4)
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View (DT4)
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AE8)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AF2)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (AE8)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver (AE8)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (AE8)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver (AE8)
        • Seat Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (AF2)
      • HVAC Connector End Views - Automatic
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
      • Hybrid Cooling Connector End Views
        • Heater Coolant Pump Connector End View
        • Pump Driver Connector End View
        • Starter Generator Control Module (SGCM) Coolant Pump Connector End View
        • Transmission Pump Connector End View
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor Connector End View (LZ4)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (LAT)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (LY7)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (5 Of 5)
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Bank 1 Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Bank 1 Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Bank 2 Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Bank 2 Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Bank 1 Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Bank 1 Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Bank 2 Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Bank 2 Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 2
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 2
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 6 Connector End View
        • Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve Solenoid Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQ3)
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View (UE1)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller Connector End View (UK6)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Door (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Rear (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Rear (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Door (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Rear (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Rear (UW5)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C3 (UE1)
      • Power Steering Connector End Views
        • Power Steering Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Power Steering Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Power Steering Control Module Connector End View C3
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener (GDO) Connector End View (UG1)
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (AP3/AP8)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View (AU0)
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
      • Hybrid Controls Connector End Views
        • Starter Generator Connector End View C1
        • Starter Generator Connector End View C2
        • Starter Generator Control Module (SGCM) Connector End View C1
        • Starter Generator Control Module (SGCM) Connector End View C2
    • Power Outlets
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Power Outlet Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet (w/o DT4)
          • Cigar Lighter (DT4)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Receptacle or 12-Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement (LAT)
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement (LY7, LZ4)
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
        • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • Run/Crank Relay
          • Accessory (ACC) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
          • Serial Data Messages
          • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Controlled RAP
          • Serial Data Controlled RAP
          • Radio
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - DTC B1370 To DTC B2535
      • DTC B1370
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • B1370 01
          • B1370 04
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • B1370 01
          • B1370 04
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B1380
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1441
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2535
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Power Mode Mismatch
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
      • General Electrical Diagnosis
        • Basic Knowledge Required
      • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
      • Circuit Testing
      • Using Connector Test Adapters
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Tools Required
        • Troubleshooting Procedures
          • Notes
          • When testing for voltage:
          • When testing for ground:
      • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Tools Required
      • Measuring Voltage
      • Measuring Voltage Drop
      • Measuring Frequency
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
        • Tools Required
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Tools Required
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Tools Required
        • Test Procedure
      • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
      • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
      • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Notes
        • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
      • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
      • Flat Wire Repairs
      • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • GMLAN Repairs
        • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
        • GMLAN Wire Repair
      • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • High Temperature Wiring
        • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • High Temperature Wire Repair
      • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Notes
        • Tools Required
        • Splicing Procedure
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Tools Required
        • Splicing Procedure
      • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
      • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
      • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
        • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
        • Notes
        • Connector Anatomy
        • Identifying Connectors
      • Connector Position Assurance Locks
      • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
      • AFL/EPC Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Tools Required
        • Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • FCI Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • JST Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Kostal Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Molex Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Sumitomo Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (0.25 Cap)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Repairing Connector Terminals
        • Tools Required
        • Repair Procedure
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
          • Battery Current Sensor (LAT)
          • Generator (LY7/LZ4)
          • Starter Motor
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1325 03
            • B1325 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0899 (EBCM)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0899 (PSCM)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0900 (EBCM)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0900 (PSCM)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0562
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0563
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0622
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1668
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Side Terminal Battery)
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Top Post Terminal Battery)
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Safety Precautions
          • Parasitic Load Testing
          • Saturn Parasitic Load Test Device
          • Parasitic Current Drain Testing With an Ammeter
          • Typical Parasitic Loads
          • Typical Undesired Parasitic Loads
        • Battery Common Causes of Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (LZ4/LY7)
          • Disconnect Procedure
          • Connect Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LZ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LZ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (LZ4/LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (LZ4/LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LZ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LZ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Component Locations
    • Component Locations And Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LAT)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LY7)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LZ4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (Sedan BAS)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (Sedan)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Label
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Top View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Bottom View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4
        • Fuse Block - Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Rear C1
        • Fuse Block - Rear C2
        • Fuse Block - Rear C3
        • Fuse Block - Rear C4
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LAT)
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LZ4)
        • C101 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness
        • C102 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness
        • C103 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LZ4)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LAT)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LY7)
        • C108 Body Harness to Engine Harness (LZ4)
        • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness
        • C110 Forward Lamp to Right Headlamp Harness
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LAT)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LY7)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LZ4)
        • C206 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C207 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C208 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C216 Passenger Inflatable Restraint Harness to Body Harness
        • C300 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
        • C303 Body Harness to Floor Shifter Harness
        • C304 Body Harness to Console Harness (UK6)
        • C304 Body Harness to Console Harness (w/o UK6)
        • C307 PPS Module Harness to Passenger Heated Seat Harness
        • C308 Body Harness to Left Seat Inflatable Restraint Impact Module Jumper Harness
        • C309 Body Harness to Right Seat Inflatable Restraint Impact Module Jumper Harness
        • C310 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness
        • C351 Headliner Harness to Body Harness (UE1)
        • C400 Rear Lamp Harness to License Lamp Harness
        • C401 Rear Lamp Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness
        • C402 Rear Lamp Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness
        • C403 Body Harness to Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness
        • C404 Body Harness to CHMSL Jumper Harness
        • C413 Fuel Sender Harness to Body Harness
        • C415 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness (C3Y)
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness
        • C701 Left Rear Door Harness to Left Rear Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness
        • C801 Right Rear Door Harness to Right Rear Door Trim Pad Harness
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Location
    • Identification
      • UNDERHOOD Fuse/Relay Center
        • Fuse Block - Underhood (W/O HP7)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood (W/ HP7)
      • Interior Fuse Blocks
        • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Fuse Block - Rear
    • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Notes
      • Fusible Links
  • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Displays and Gages Schematic Icons
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics
      • Driver Information System Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Displays and Gages Component Views
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor (LZ4)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch (LAT)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch (LY7)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Displays and Gages
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • DTC B0158
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B2961
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0461
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0462
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0463
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0464
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0520
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0521
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0522
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0523
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Symptoms - Displays and Gages
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Chime Always On
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Chime Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On (2.4L and 3.6L)
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On (3.5L)
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Mirror Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Trunk Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Repair Instructions
      • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
      • Instrument Cluster Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel Multifunction Switch Assembly Replacement
    • Description and Operation
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Key-In-Ignition Warning
        • Lights On Warning
        • Park Brake Warning
        • Turn Signal On Warning
        • Additional Warnings
      • Compass Calibration and Magnetic Variance
        • Compass Calibration
        • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Info
        • Av Speed
        • Fuel Econ
        • Coolant
        • Fuel
        • Oil Life
        • TRIP A and TRIP B
        • Set/Reset
        • Menu
        • Oil-Life Reset
        • Ambient Air Temperature
        • Odometer
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Change Oil Soon
        • Door Ajar
        • Engine Oil Pressure
        • Hybrid Economy Indicator
        • Ice Possible
        • KM/H and MPH
        • Low Fuel
        • Low Oil Level
        • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Trunk Ajar
      • Instrument Cluster Description and Operation
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Fuel Gage
        • Odometer
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horn Schematic Icons
        • Horn Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horn Component Views
        • Horn Connector End Views
          • Horn Assembly
          • Horn Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2750
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B2750 01
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B2750 01
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Component Locations And Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LAT)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LY7)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LZ4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (Sedan BAS)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (Sedan)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Label
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Top View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Bottom View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4
        • Fuse Block - Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Rear C1
        • Fuse Block - Rear C2
        • Fuse Block - Rear C3
        • Fuse Block - Rear C4
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LAT)
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LZ4)
        • C101 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness
        • C102 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness
        • C103 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LZ4)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LAT)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LY7)
        • C108 Body Harness to Engine Harness (LZ4)
        • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness
        • C110 Forward Lamp to Right Headlamp Harness
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LAT)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LY7)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LZ4)
        • C206 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C207 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C208 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C216 Passenger Inflatable Restraint Harness to Body Harness
        • C300 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
        • C303 Body Harness to Floor Shifter Harness
        • C304 Body Harness to Console Harness (UK6)
        • C304 Body Harness to Console Harness (w/o UK6)
        • C307 PPS Module Harness to Passenger Heated Seat Harness
        • C308 Body Harness to Left Seat Inflatable Restraint Impact Module Jumper Harness
        • C309 Body Harness to Right Seat Inflatable Restraint Impact Module Jumper Harness
        • C310 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness
        • C351 Headliner Harness to Body Harness (UE1)
        • C400 Rear Lamp Harness to License Lamp Harness
        • C401 Rear Lamp Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness
        • C402 Rear Lamp Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness
        • C403 Body Harness to Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness
        • C404 Body Harness to CHMSL Jumper Harness
        • C413 Fuel Sender Harness to Body Harness
        • C415 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness (C3Y)
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness
        • C701 Left Rear Door Harness to Left Rear Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness
        • C801 Right Rear Door Harness to Right Rear Door Trim Pad Harness
    • OEM Connector End Views - Connector Index
      • Connector Index
    • OEM Connector End Views (1 Of 5)
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View -- Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Right Rear
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
      • Adjustable Pedal Connector End Views
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Switch Connector End View
        • Adjustable Accelerator Pedal Position Motor Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Module Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View
        • Internal Mode Switch (IMS) Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End Views
        • 20-Way Transmission Pass-Through Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever 4-Way Connector Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Right
      • Sunroof Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View (CF5)
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View (C3Y)
        • Sunroof Shade Module Connector End View (C3Y)
        • Sunroof Shade Switch Connector End View (C3Y)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (C3Y)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (CF5)
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) End View
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver C3
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Passenger C1
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Passenger C2
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Passenger C3
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Passenger
      • Hybrid Energy Storage Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Battery Disconnect Control Module Connector End View C1
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View (DK6)
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View (C3Y)
        • Dome/Reading Lamp Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left Front (T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right Front (T96)
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View (T96)
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Spot Lamp Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Transmission Range Indicator Lamp Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (2 Of 5)
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left Front
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right Front
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Right (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C3
      • HVAC Connector End Views - Manual
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (UE1)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (D49)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (DL8)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (D49)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (DL8)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View (LAT)
        • Generator Connector End View (LY7/LZ4)
        • Starter Motor Connector End View
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor Connector End View (BAS)
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View (BAS)
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View (w/o BAS)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (FX3)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (w/o FX3)
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Connector End View (FX3)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (FX3)
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Horn Switch Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (LAT)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (LY7)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (LZ4)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2 (Sedan BAS)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2 (Sedan)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C4
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (3 Of 5)
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (LAT)
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (LZ4)
        • C101 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C103 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (LZ4)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (LAT)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C108 Body Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View (LZ4)
        • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C110 Forward Lamp to Right Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View (LAT)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View (LZ4)
        • C206 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C207 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C208 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C216 Passenger Inflatable Restraint Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C300 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C303 Body Harness to Floor Shifter Harness Connector End View
        • C304 Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View (UK6)
        • C304 Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View (w/o UK6)
        • C307 PPS Module Harness to Passenger Heated Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C308 Body Harness to Left Seat Inflatable Restraint Impact Module Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C309 Body Harness to Right Seat Inflatable Restraint Impact Module Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C310 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C351 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (UE1)
        • C400 Rear Lamp Harness to License Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C401 Rear Lamp Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C402 Rear Lamp Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C403 Body Harness to Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness Connector End View
        • C404 Body Harness to CHMSL Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C413 Fuel Sender Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C415 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View (C3Y)
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Pad Harness Connector End View
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Pad Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C701 Left Rear Door Harness to Left Rear Door Trim Pad Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C801 Right Rear Door Harness to Right Rear Door Trim Pad Harness Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (4 Of 5)
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View (w/o DT4)
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View (DT4)
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AE8)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AF2)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (AE8)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver (AE8)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (AE8)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver (AE8)
        • Seat Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (AF2)
      • HVAC Connector End Views - Automatic
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
      • Hybrid Cooling Connector End Views
        • Heater Coolant Pump Connector End View
        • Pump Driver Connector End View
        • Starter Generator Control Module (SGCM) Coolant Pump Connector End View
        • Transmission Pump Connector End View
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor Connector End View (LZ4)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (LAT)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (LY7)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (5 Of 5)
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Bank 1 Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Bank 1 Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Bank 2 Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Bank 2 Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Bank 1 Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Bank 1 Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Bank 2 Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Bank 2 Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 2
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 2
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 6 Connector End View
        • Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve Solenoid Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQ3)
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View (UE1)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller Connector End View (UK6)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Door (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Rear (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Rear (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Door (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Rear (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Rear (UW5)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C3 (UE1)
      • Power Steering Connector End Views
        • Power Steering Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Power Steering Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Power Steering Control Module Connector End View C3
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener (GDO) Connector End View (UG1)
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (AP3/AP8)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View (AU0)
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
      • Hybrid Controls Connector End Views
        • Starter Generator Connector End View C1
        • Starter Generator Connector End View C2
        • Starter Generator Control Module (SGCM) Connector End View C1
        • Starter Generator Control Module (SGCM) Connector End View C2
    • Power Outlets
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Power Outlet Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet (w/o DT4)
          • Cigar Lighter (DT4)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Receptacle or 12-Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement (LAT)
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement (LY7, LZ4)
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
        • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • Run/Crank Relay
          • Accessory (ACC) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
          • Serial Data Messages
          • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Controlled RAP
          • Serial Data Controlled RAP
          • Radio
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - DTC B1370 To DTC B2535
      • DTC B1370
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • B1370 01
          • B1370 04
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • B1370 01
          • B1370 04
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B1380
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1441
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2535
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Power Mode Mismatch
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
      • General Electrical Diagnosis
        • Basic Knowledge Required
      • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
      • Circuit Testing
      • Using Connector Test Adapters
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Tools Required
        • Troubleshooting Procedures
          • Notes
          • When testing for voltage:
          • When testing for ground:
      • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Tools Required
      • Measuring Voltage
      • Measuring Voltage Drop
      • Measuring Frequency
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
        • Tools Required
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Tools Required
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Tools Required
        • Test Procedure
      • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
      • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
      • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Notes
        • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
      • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
      • Flat Wire Repairs
      • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • GMLAN Repairs
        • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
        • GMLAN Wire Repair
      • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • High Temperature Wiring
        • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • High Temperature Wire Repair
      • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Notes
        • Tools Required
        • Splicing Procedure
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Tools Required
        • Splicing Procedure
      • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
      • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
      • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
        • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
        • Notes
        • Connector Anatomy
        • Identifying Connectors
      • Connector Position Assurance Locks
      • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
      • AFL/EPC Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Tools Required
        • Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • FCI Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • JST Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Kostal Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Molex Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Sumitomo Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (0.25 Cap)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Repairing Connector Terminals
        • Tools Required
        • Repair Procedure
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
          • Battery Current Sensor (LAT)
          • Generator (LY7/LZ4)
          • Starter Motor
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1325 03
            • B1325 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0899 (EBCM)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0899 (PSCM)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0900 (EBCM)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0900 (PSCM)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0562
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0563
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0622
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1668
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Side Terminal Battery)
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Top Post Terminal Battery)
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Safety Precautions
          • Parasitic Load Testing
          • Saturn Parasitic Load Test Device
          • Parasitic Current Drain Testing With an Ammeter
          • Typical Parasitic Loads
          • Typical Undesired Parasitic Loads
        • Battery Common Causes of Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (LZ4/LY7)
          • Disconnect Procedure
          • Connect Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LZ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LZ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (LZ4/LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (LZ4/LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LZ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LZ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • Component Locations And Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LAT)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LY7)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (LZ4)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (Sedan BAS)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2 (Sedan)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Label
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Top View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Bottom View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4
        • Fuse Block - Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Rear C1
        • Fuse Block - Rear C2
        • Fuse Block - Rear C3
        • Fuse Block - Rear C4
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LAT)
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness (LZ4)
        • C101 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness
        • C102 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness
        • C103 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LZ4)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LAT)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LY7)
        • C108 Body Harness to Engine Harness (LZ4)
        • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness
        • C110 Forward Lamp to Right Headlamp Harness
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LAT)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LY7)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LZ4)
        • C206 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C207 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C208 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C216 Passenger Inflatable Restraint Harness to Body Harness
        • C300 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
        • C303 Body Harness to Floor Shifter Harness
        • C304 Body Harness to Console Harness (UK6)
        • C304 Body Harness to Console Harness (w/o UK6)
        • C307 PPS Module Harness to Passenger Heated Seat Harness
        • C308 Body Harness to Left Seat Inflatable Restraint Impact Module Jumper Harness
        • C309 Body Harness to Right Seat Inflatable Restraint Impact Module Jumper Harness
        • C310 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness
        • C351 Headliner Harness to Body Harness (UE1)
        • C400 Rear Lamp Harness to License Lamp Harness
        • C401 Rear Lamp Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness
        • C402 Rear Lamp Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness
        • C403 Body Harness to Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness
        • C404 Body Harness to CHMSL Jumper Harness
        • C413 Fuel Sender Harness to Body Harness
        • C415 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness (C3Y)
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness
        • C701 Left Rear Door Harness to Left Rear Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness
        • C801 Right Rear Door Harness to Right Rear Door Trim Pad Harness
    • OEM Connector End Views - Connector Index
      • Connector Index
    • OEM Connector End Views (1 Of 5)
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View -- Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Right Rear
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
      • Adjustable Pedal Connector End Views
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Switch Connector End View
        • Adjustable Accelerator Pedal Position Motor Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Module Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View
        • Internal Mode Switch (IMS) Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End Views
        • 20-Way Transmission Pass-Through Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever 4-Way Connector Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Right
      • Sunroof Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View (CF5)
        • Sunroof Control Module Connector End View (C3Y)
        • Sunroof Shade Module Connector End View (C3Y)
        • Sunroof Shade Switch Connector End View (C3Y)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (C3Y)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (CF5)
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) End View
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver C3
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Passenger C1
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Passenger C2
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Passenger C3
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Passenger
      • Hybrid Energy Storage Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Battery Disconnect Control Module Connector End View C1
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View (DK6)
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View (C3Y)
        • Dome/Reading Lamp Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left Front (T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right Front (T96)
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View (T96)
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Spot Lamp Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Transmission Range Indicator Lamp Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (2 Of 5)
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left Front
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right Front
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Right (AY0)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C3
      • HVAC Connector End Views - Manual
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (UE1)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (D49)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (DL8)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (D49)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (DL8)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View (LAT)
        • Generator Connector End View (LY7/LZ4)
        • Starter Motor Connector End View
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor Connector End View (BAS)
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View (BAS)
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View (w/o BAS)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (FX3)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (w/o FX3)
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Connector End View (FX3)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (FX3)
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Horn Switch Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (LAT)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (LY7)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (LZ4)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2 (Sedan BAS)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2 (Sedan)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C4
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (3 Of 5)
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (LAT)
        • C100 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness Connector End View (LZ4)
        • C101 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C103 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (LZ4)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (LAT)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C108 Body Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View (LZ4)
        • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C110 Forward Lamp to Right Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View (LAT)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View (LY7)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View (LZ4)
        • C206 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C207 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C208 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C216 Passenger Inflatable Restraint Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C300 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C303 Body Harness to Floor Shifter Harness Connector End View
        • C304 Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View (UK6)
        • C304 Body Harness to Console Harness Connector End View (w/o UK6)
        • C307 PPS Module Harness to Passenger Heated Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C308 Body Harness to Left Seat Inflatable Restraint Impact Module Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C309 Body Harness to Right Seat Inflatable Restraint Impact Module Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C310 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C351 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (UE1)
        • C400 Rear Lamp Harness to License Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C401 Rear Lamp Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C402 Rear Lamp Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C403 Body Harness to Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness Connector End View
        • C404 Body Harness to CHMSL Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C413 Fuel Sender Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C415 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View (C3Y)
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Pad Harness Connector End View
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Pad Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C701 Left Rear Door Harness to Left Rear Door Trim Pad Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C801 Right Rear Door Harness to Right Rear Door Trim Pad Harness Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (4 Of 5)
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View (w/o DT4)
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View (DT4)
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AE8)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AF2)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (AE8)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver (AE8)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (AE8)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver (AE8)
        • Seat Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (AF2)
      • HVAC Connector End Views - Automatic
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
      • Hybrid Cooling Connector End Views
        • Heater Coolant Pump Connector End View
        • Pump Driver Connector End View
        • Starter Generator Control Module (SGCM) Coolant Pump Connector End View
        • Transmission Pump Connector End View
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor Connector End View (LZ4)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (LAT)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (LY7)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
    • OEM Connector End Views (5 Of 5)
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Bank 1 Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Bank 1 Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Bank 2 Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Bank 2 Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Bank 1 Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Bank 1 Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Bank 2 Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Bank 2 Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 1 Sensor 2
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View Bank 2 Sensor 2
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 6 Connector End View
        • Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve Solenoid Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (UQ3)
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View (UE1)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller Connector End View (UK6)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Door (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Rear (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Rear (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Door (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Rear (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Rear (UW5)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C3 (UE1)
      • Power Steering Connector End Views
        • Power Steering Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Power Steering Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Power Steering Control Module Connector End View C3
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener (GDO) Connector End View (UG1)
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (AP3/AP8)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View (AU0)
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
      • Hybrid Controls Connector End Views
        • Starter Generator Connector End View C1
        • Starter Generator Connector End View C2
        • Starter Generator Control Module (SGCM) Connector End View C1
        • Starter Generator Control Module (SGCM) Connector End View C2
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
        • 2.4L VIN 5
        • 3.5L VIN N
        • 3.6L VIN 7
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
        • 2.4L VIN 5
        • 3.5L VIN N
        • 3.6L VIN 7
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
        • 2.4L VIN 5
        • 3.5L VIN N
        • 3.6L VIN 7
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 2.4L VIN 5
        • 3.5L VIN N
        • 3.6L VIN 7
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
        • 2.4L VIN 5
        • 3.5L VIN N
        • 3.6L VIN 7
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 2.4L VIN 5
        • 3.5L VIN N
        • 3.6L VIN 7
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Engine Mechanical
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
          • Cooling Fan - Left
          • Cooling Fan - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC P0480 or P0481
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1258
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Identifying Intermittent Conditions
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Cooling Fan Always On
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Verification
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Verification
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Tools Required
          • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
          • Tools Required
          • Coolant Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cooling System Draining and Filling (GE 47716 Fill)
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Vac-N-Fill Procedure
        • Cooling System Draining and Filling (LY7, LZ4, Static Fill)
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Fill Procedure
        • Cooling System Draining and Filling (LAT Static Fill)
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Fill Procedure
        • Coolant System Flushing
          • Flushing
        • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Radiator Surge Tank Replacement
        • Radiator Surge Tank Inlet Hose/Pipe Replacement (LAT)
        • Radiator Surge Tank Inlet Hose/Pipe Replacement (LZ4)
        • Radiator Surge Tank Inlet Hose/Pipe Replacement (LY7)
        • Radiator Surge Tank Outlet Hose/Pipe Replacement (LY7)
        • Radiator Surge Tank Outlet Hose/Pipe Replacement (LAT)
        • Radiator Inlet Hose Replacement (LAT)
        • Radiator Inlet Hose Replacement (LZ4)
        • Radiator Inlet Hose Replacement (LY7)
        • Radiator Outlet Hose Replacement (LAT)
        • Radiator Outlet Hose Replacement (LZ4)
        • Radiator Outlet Hose Replacement (LY7)
        • Radiator Outlet Pipe Replacement (LAT)
        • Radiator Outlet Hose Replacement - Radiator Outlet Pipe to Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Pipe (LAT)
        • Cooling Fan and Shroud Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Replacement (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Replacement (LZ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Replacement (LZ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Replacement (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Crossover Pipe Replacement (LZ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (LAT)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (LZ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (LZ4/LAT)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Support Bracket Replacement
        • Radiator Support Replacement
        • Radiator Air Lower Baffle and Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Side Baffle and Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Upper Baffle and Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (LZ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (LZ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling Fan Description and Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control
          • Engine Coolant Indicators
          • Coolant Level Control
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
          • Cooling Cycle
          • Coolant
          • Radiator
          • Pressure Cap
          • Coolant Recovery System
          • Air Baffles and Seals
          • Water Pump
          • Thermostat
          • Transmission Oil Cooler
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement (LAT)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left Side (LZ4)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left Side (LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right Side (LZ4)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right Side (LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Pipe Replacement (LAT)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Pipe Replacement (LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement - Left Side (LZ4)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement - Left Side (LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement - Right Side (LZ4)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement - Right Side (LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement (LAT, LZ4)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement (LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Lower Heat Shield Replacement (LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement (LAT)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement - Right Side (LZ4)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement - Right Side (LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement - Left Side (LZ4)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement - Left Side (LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Pipe Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities (BAS/Hybrid)
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities (Aura)
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
          • When to Change Engine Oil
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
  • Engine Mechanical - 2.4L
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Engine Mechanical Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Thread Repair Specifications
        • Engine Block - Front View
        • Engine Block - Back View
        • Engine Block - Left Side View
        • Engine Block - Bottom View
        • Engine Block - Right Side View
        • Engine Block - Top View
        • Lower Crankcase - Front View
        • Lower Crankcase - Back View
        • Lower Crankcase - Bottom View
        • Lower Crankcase - Left View
        • Lower Crankcase - Right View
        • Cylinder Head - Top View
        • Cylinder Head - Intake Manifold Deck View
        • Cylinder Head - Exhaust Manifold Deck View
        • Cylinder Head - Front View
        • Cylinder Head - Back View
        • Cylinder Head - Bottom View
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
      • Engine Identification
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
      • Coolant in Engine Oil
      • Engine Compression Test
      • Cylinder Leakage Test
        • Tools Required
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
        • Tools Required
      • Oil Leak Diagnosis
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Chirping, Squeal, and Whine Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Rumbling and Vibration Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Falls Off and Excessive Wear Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions - On Vehicle
      • Intake Manifold Cover Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Drive Belt Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Engine Mount Inspection
      • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Engine and Transmission Mount Balancing - All Mounts
      • Engine Mount Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Engine Support Fixture
        • Installation Procedure
      • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Crankcase Ventilation Hoses/Pipes Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intake Manifold Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Engine Front Cover Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Timing Chain, Sprockets, and/or Tensioner Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Camshaft Cover Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Timing Chain Tensioner Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intake Camshaft and Lifter Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Camshaft and Lifter Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Camshaft Position Intake Actuator Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Camshaft Position Exhaust Actuator Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Oil Pan Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Piston Oil Nozzle Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Sealant Replacement - Lower Crankcase to Engine Block
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Engine Flywheel Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cylinder Sleeve Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Liner Trimming
      • Engine Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Repair Instructions - Off Vehicle
      • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
        • Tools Required
      • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
        • Tools Required
      • Engine Flywheel Removal
      • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
      • Exhaust Manifold Removal
      • Intake Manifold Removal
      • Camshaft Cover Removal
      • Engine Front Cover and Oil Pump Removal
      • Timing Chain and Tensioner Removal
      • Intake Camshaft, Follower, and Adjuster Removal
      • Exhaust Camshaft, Follower, and Adjuster Removal
      • Balance Shaft Drive Chain and Tensioner Removal
      • Balance Shaft Removal
        • Tools Required
      • Water Pump Removal
      • Cylinder Head Removal
        • Tools Required
      • Oil Pan Removal
      • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
        • Tools Required
      • Lower Crankcase Removal
      • Crankshaft and Bearing Removal
      • Engine Block Disassemble
      • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
      • Cylinder Honing
        • Tools Required
      • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
      • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
      • Crankshaft and Bearing Cleaning and Inspection
        • Tools Required
      • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
        • Tools Required
      • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Cleaning and Inspection
        • Connecting Rod Measurement
        • Piston Measurement
        • Piston Selection
      • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
        • Tools Required
      • Camshaft Cleaning and Inspection
      • Timing Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
      • Balance Shaft Cleaning and Inspection
      • Balance Shaft Drive Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
      • Cylinder Head Disassemble
      • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head and Gasket Surface Cleaning and Inspection
      • Cylinder Head Assemble
      • Oil Pump Disassemble
      • Oil Pump Assemble
      • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
      • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
      • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
      • Thread Repair
        • General Thread Repair
          • Tools Required
        • Cylinder Head Bolt Hole Thread Repair
        • Main Cap Bolt Hole Thread Repair
      • Service Prior to Assembly
      • Engine Block Assemble
      • Crankshaft and Bearing Installation
      • Lower Crankcase Installation
        • Tools Required
      • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
        • Tools Required
      • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
      • Cylinder Head Installation
        • Tools Required
      • Intake Camshaft, Follower, and Adjuster Install
      • Exhaust Camshaft, Follower, and Adjuster Install
      • Balance Shaft Installation
        • Tools Required
      • Water Pump Installation
      • Balance Shaft to Engine Timing
      • Balance Shaft Drive Chain and Tensioner Install
      • Timing Chain, Sprockets, Tensioner Installation
      • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
        • Tools Required
      • Engine Front Cover and Oil Pump Installation
      • Camshaft Cover Installation
      • Oil Pan Installation
      • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
      • Oil Filter Adapter Installation
        • Tools Required
      • Intake Manifold Installation
      • Exhaust Manifold Installation
      • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
      • Engine Flywheel Installation
      • Engine Prelubing
        • Tools Required
    • Description and Operation
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
        • General Description
        • Operation
        • Results of Incorrect Operation
      • Drive Belt System Description
      • Engine Component Description
        • Engine Description
          • Cylinder Block
          • Crankshaft
          • Connecting Rod and Piston
          • Oil Pan
          • Balance Shaft Assembly
          • Cylinder Head
          • Valves
          • Camshaft
          • Valve Lifters
          • Camshaft Cover
          • Camshaft Drive
          • Intake and Exhaust Manifold
      • Lubrication Description
      • Cleanliness and Care
      • Separating Parts
      • Replacing Engine Gaskets
        • Tools Required
        • Gasket Reuse and Applying Sealants
        • Separating Components
        • Cleaning Gasket Surfaces
        • Assembling Components
      • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealer
        • Pipe Joint Compound
        • RTV Sealer
      • Tools and Equipment
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
          • Battery Current Sensor (LAT)
          • Generator (LY7/LZ4)
          • Starter Motor
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1325 03
            • B1325 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0899 (EBCM)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0899 (PSCM)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0900 (EBCM)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0900 (PSCM)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0562
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0563
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0622
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1668
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Side Terminal Battery)
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Inspection/Test (Top Post Terminal Battery)
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Safety Precautions
          • Parasitic Load Testing
          • Saturn Parasitic Load Test Device
          • Parasitic Current Drain Testing With an Ammeter
          • Typical Parasitic Loads
          • Typical Undesired Parasitic Loads
        • Battery Common Causes of Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection (LZ4/LY7)
          • Disconnect Procedure
          • Connect Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LZ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LZ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (LZ4/LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (LZ4/LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LAT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LZ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LZ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - Class 2 & GMLAN
    • Introduction
    • Class 2
    • GMLAN (Can)
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 2.4L - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 2.4L - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance
        • Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions Hose Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C1
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C2
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C3
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Exhaust
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Intake
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Exhaust
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Intake
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
          • Fuel Injector 1
          • Fuel Injector 2
          • Fuel Injector 3
          • Fuel Injector 4
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2
          • Ignition Coil/Module 1
          • Ignition Coil/Module 2
          • Ignition Coil/Module 3
          • Ignition Coil/Module 4
          • Knock Sensor (KS)
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn
        • Throttle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
          • Throttle Learn
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Airflow Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief (With CH 48027-100)
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief (Without CH 48027-100)
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Metal Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hose/Pipe Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Exhaust
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Inlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Engine Control Module Description
          • Notes
          • ECM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
          • ECM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
          • Underhood Inspection
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Engine Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
            • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Feed Pipes
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pulse Dampener
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Operation
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Ignition Coil/Module
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 2.4L - DTC P0010 To DTC P0354
      • DTC P0010, P0011, P0013 or P0014
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0010 and P0013
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0010 and P0013
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0016
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0017
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0135 or P0141
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0068 or P0121
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0101 or P1101
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0102 or P0103
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0102
          • P0103
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0106
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0107 or P0108
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0107
          • P0108
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0112 or P0113
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0112
          • P0113
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0112
          • P0113
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0116
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0117 or P0118
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0117
          • P0118
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0117
          • P0118
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223 or P2135
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223
          • P2135
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0120
          • P0122
          • P0123
          • P0220
          • P0222
          • P0223
          • P2135
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0128
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0131, P0132, P0137 or P0138
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0133, P0134, P0140, P1133, P2A00 or P2A01
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0171 or P0172
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • P0171
          • P0172
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0230
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0300
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0315
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0324, P0325, P0326, P0327 or P0328
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0324
          • P0325
            • Notes
            • P0327 and P0328
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0335 or P0336
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0340, P0341, P0365 or P0366
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0340 and P0365
          • P0341 - Near Engine Start, CMP Fast Event Based Test
          • P0341 - After Engine Start, CMP Slow Event Based Test
          • P0366 - Near Engine Start, CMP Fast Event Based Test
          • P0366 - After Engine Start, CMP Slow Event Based Test
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0340
          • P0341 - Near Engine Start, CMP Fast Event Based Test
          • P0341 - After Engine Start, CMP Slow Event Based Test
          • P0365
          • P0366 - Near Engine Start, CMP Fast Event Based Test
          • P0366 - After Engine Start, CMP Slow Event Based Test
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0351-P0354
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 2.4L - DTC P0420 To DTC P2544
      • DTC P0420
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0442
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0443 or P0449
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
          • P0443
          • P0449
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
          • P0443
          • P0449
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • P0443
          • P0449
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0446
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • Notes
          • Restriction
          • FTP Sensor
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0451, P0452, P0453 or P0454
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0451
          • P0452 and P0453
          • P0454
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0451
          • P0452
          • P0453
          • P0454
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • P0451 and P0454
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0455
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0496
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0506 or P0507
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0506 and P0507
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0506
          • P0507
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P060D, P062F or P2610
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • P0601
          • P0602
          • P0603
          • P0604
          • P0606
          • P0607
          • P060D
          • P062F
          • P2610
        • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing for the DTC
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0641 or P0651
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0650
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0685, P0689 or P0690
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0685 and P0689
          • P0690
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0685
          • P0689
          • P0690
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0700 or P1700
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1174
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1400
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • DTC P1516, P2101, P2119 or P2176
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P1516 and P2101
          • P2119
          • P2176
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P1516
          • P2101
          • P2119
          • P2176
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1682
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128 or P2138
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128
          • P2138
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P2120
          • P2122
          • P2123
          • P2125
          • P2127
          • P2128
          • P2138
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2172
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2544
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 2.4L - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Symptoms Description
        • Symptoms Definition
        • Symptoms Verification
          • Notes
          • Identifying Intermittent Conditions
        • Symptoms Testing
        • Additional Symptoms Tests
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Service Bay Test
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running the Test
        • Test Procedure
      • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Diagnosis (w/J39021 or w/Tech 2)
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Component Testing
          • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Fuel Injector Balance Test-Fuel Pressure Test
          • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
          • Pressure Drop Calculation
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Diagnosis (w/CH47976)
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Component Testing
          • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • AFIT Test Procedure
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Tank Leak Test
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • System Verification
        • System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Test Description
        • Reference Information
        • System Verification
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing with Special Tool
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing without Special Tool
        • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Repair Procedures
      • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
        • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • I/M Data List
        • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 2.4L - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 2.4L - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance
        • Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions Hose Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C1
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C2
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C3
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Exhaust
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Intake
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Exhaust
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Intake
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
          • Fuel Injector 1
          • Fuel Injector 2
          • Fuel Injector 3
          • Fuel Injector 4
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2
          • Ignition Coil/Module 1
          • Ignition Coil/Module 2
          • Ignition Coil/Module 3
          • Ignition Coil/Module 4
          • Knock Sensor (KS)
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn
        • Throttle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
          • Throttle Learn
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Airflow Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief (With CH 48027-100)
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief (Without CH 48027-100)
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Metal Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hose/Pipe Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Exhaust
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Inlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Engine Control Module Description
          • Notes
          • ECM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
          • ECM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
          • Underhood Inspection
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Engine Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
            • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Feed Pipes
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pulse Dampener
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Operation
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Ignition Coil/Module
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 2.4L - DTC P0010 To DTC P0354
      • DTC P0010, P0011, P0013 or P0014
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0010 and P0013
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0010 and P0013
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0016
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0017
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0135 or P0141
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0068 or P0121
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0101 or P1101
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0102 or P0103
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0102
          • P0103
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0106
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0107 or P0108
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0107
          • P0108
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0112 or P0113
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0112
          • P0113
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0112
          • P0113
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0116
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0117 or P0118
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0117
          • P0118
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0117
          • P0118
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223 or P2135
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223
          • P2135
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0120
          • P0122
          • P0123
          • P0220
          • P0222
          • P0223
          • P2135
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0128
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0131, P0132, P0137 or P0138
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0133, P0134, P0140, P1133, P2A00 or P2A01
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0171 or P0172
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • P0171
          • P0172
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0230
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0300
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0315
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0324, P0325, P0326, P0327 or P0328
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0324
          • P0325
            • Notes
            • P0327 and P0328
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0335 or P0336
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0340, P0341, P0365 or P0366
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0340 and P0365
          • P0341 - Near Engine Start, CMP Fast Event Based Test
          • P0341 - After Engine Start, CMP Slow Event Based Test
          • P0366 - Near Engine Start, CMP Fast Event Based Test
          • P0366 - After Engine Start, CMP Slow Event Based Test
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0340
          • P0341 - Near Engine Start, CMP Fast Event Based Test
          • P0341 - After Engine Start, CMP Slow Event Based Test
          • P0365
          • P0366 - Near Engine Start, CMP Fast Event Based Test
          • P0366 - After Engine Start, CMP Slow Event Based Test
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0351-P0354
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 2.4L - DTC P0420 To DTC P2544
      • DTC P0420
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0442
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0443 or P0449
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
          • P0443
          • P0449
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
          • P0443
          • P0449
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • P0443
          • P0449
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0446
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • Notes
          • Restriction
          • FTP Sensor
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0451, P0452, P0453 or P0454
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0451
          • P0452 and P0453
          • P0454
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0451
          • P0452
          • P0453
          • P0454
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • P0451 and P0454
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0455
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0496
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0506 or P0507
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0506 and P0507
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0506
          • P0507
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P060D, P062F or P2610
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • P0601
          • P0602
          • P0603
          • P0604
          • P0606
          • P0607
          • P060D
          • P062F
          • P2610
        • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing for the DTC
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0641 or P0651
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0650
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0685, P0689 or P0690
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0685 and P0689
          • P0690
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0685
          • P0689
          • P0690
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0700 or P1700
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1174
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1400
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • DTC P1516, P2101, P2119 or P2176
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P1516 and P2101
          • P2119
          • P2176
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P1516
          • P2101
          • P2119
          • P2176
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1682
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128 or P2138
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128
          • P2138
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P2120
          • P2122
          • P2123
          • P2125
          • P2127
          • P2128
          • P2138
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2172
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2544
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 2.4L - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Symptoms Description
        • Symptoms Definition
        • Symptoms Verification
          • Notes
          • Identifying Intermittent Conditions
        • Symptoms Testing
        • Additional Symptoms Tests
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Service Bay Test
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running the Test
        • Test Procedure
      • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Diagnosis (w/J39021 or w/Tech 2)
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Component Testing
          • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Fuel Injector Balance Test-Fuel Pressure Test
          • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
          • Pressure Drop Calculation
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Diagnosis (w/CH47976)
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Component Testing
          • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • AFIT Test Procedure
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Tank Leak Test
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • System Verification
        • System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Test Description
        • Reference Information
        • System Verification
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing with Special Tool
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing without Special Tool
        • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Repair Procedures
      • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
        • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • I/M Data List
        • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 2.2L (Lap) & 2.4L (LE5)
    • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
      • Diagnostic Instructions
      • Circuit/System Description
      • I/M Data List
      • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
      • Circuit/System Verification
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Antilock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4T45-E) DTCS (A00275356) (A00275361)
    • Automatic Transmission (6T70/6T75) DTCS (A00275357)
    • Automatic Transmission - Shift Lock DTCS
    • Cellular, Entertainment, & Navigation DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Defogger DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Engine Electrical DTCS
    • Engine Performance DTCS - 2.4L (A00275355)
    • Engine Performance DTCS - 3.5L (A00275353)
    • Engine Performance DTCS - 3.6L (A00275354)
    • Horn DTCS
    • HVAC DTCS - Automatic
    • HVAC DTCS - Manual
    • Hybrid Control DTCS
    • Hybrid Cooling DTCS
    • Hybrid Energy Storage DTCS
    • Immobilizer DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Keyless Entry DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Park Brake DTCS
    • Steering, Electronic DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Tire Pressure Monitor DTCS
    • Trunk Release DTCS
    • Wiper & Washer DTCS
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Decimal and Metric Equivalents
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
          • Customer Concern Verification Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 2.4L (LAT) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.5L (LZ4) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.6L (LY7) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4745-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 6770/6775-E Automatic Transaxle ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Placard, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID Label
        • RPO Code List
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Vehicle Lifting - Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Notes
            • Front of Vehicle
            • Rear of Vehicle
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Decimal and Metric Equivalents
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
          • Customer Concern Verification Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 2.4L (LAT) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.5L (LZ4) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.6L (LY7) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4745-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 6770/6775-E Automatic Transaxle ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Placard, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID Label
        • RPO Code List
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Vehicle Lifting - Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Notes
            • Front of Vehicle
            • Rear of Vehicle
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Vehicle Diagnostic Information
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle
        • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
        • Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
          • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
        • Symptoms - Vehicle
          • General Information
          • Body Systems
          • Brakes
          • Driveline/Axle
          • Driver Information and Entertainment
          • Engine
          • HVAC
          • Power and Signal Distribution
          • Roof
          • Safety and Security
          • Steering
          • Suspension
          • Transmission/Transaxle
        • Diagnostic Repair Verification
      • Description and Operation
        • DTC Symptom Description
          • Notes
          • DTC Symptom Categories
          • DTC Symptom Subtypes
            • Notes
            • Example
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tools Required
          • Tire Rotational Speed
            • Determining Tire Revolutions Per Second at 8 km/h (5 mph) - Using EVA
            • Calculating Tire Revolutions Per Second at 8 km/h (5 mph) - Without EVA
          • Calculating Tire Revolutions Per Second or Hz at Concern Speed
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
            • Engine-Driven Accessory Noises
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
            • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
            • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
          • Tools Required
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Tools Required
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Warnings And Cautions
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • ABS Component Handling Caution
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Checking Hot Transmission Fluid through Drain Plug Hole Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Collision Sectioning Caution
        • Cracked Window Caution
        • Defroster Outlet Caution
        • Exhaust Service Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound Deadeners Caution
        • Folding Top Hydraulic Pressure Caution
        • Fuel and Evaporative Emission Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Protective Goggles and Glove Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses and Compressed Air Caution
        • Servicing Electrical Components Caution
        • SIR Caution
        • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Caution
        • SIR Seatbelt Pretensioner Handling Caution
        • SIR Special Tool Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Notice
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Cylinder Hoses Notice
        • Drive Axle Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Fuel and Evaporative Emission Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Resistance Learn Reset Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Steering Wheel in the Full Turn Position Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Three-Way Catalytic Converter Damage Notice
        • Torque Reaction Against Timing Drive Chain Notice
        • Transmission Fluid Vent Cap Removal Notice
        • Transmission Overfill Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
        • Window Edge Damage Notice
  • Reset Procedures
    • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure (2 Of 2)
      • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities (BAS/Hybrid)
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities (Aura)
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
          • When to Change Engine Oil
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Without Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • With Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
          • Notes
          • Preferred Scan Tool Learn Enable Method
          • Alternate Keyless Entry Transmitter or DIC Learn Enable Method
    • Tire Pressure Monitor Systems
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) System
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Indicators
      • TPMS Reset Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Relearn
          • Notes
          • Keyless Entry System Method
          • Scan Tool Method
      • Dismounting/Mounting Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Decimal and Metric Equivalents
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
          • Customer Concern Verification Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 2.4L (LAT) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.5L (LZ4) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.6L (LY7) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4745-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 6770/6775-E Automatic Transaxle ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Placard, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID Label
        • RPO Code List
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Vehicle Lifting - Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Notes
            • Front of Vehicle
            • Rear of Vehicle
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Specifications Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter (Special Applications) - General Information
      • Cabin Air Filter Applications
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation, And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Tools Required
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Tools Required
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing
          • Tools Required
          • Forward Flushing Setup
          • Reverse Flushing Setup
          • Flush Procedure
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (LY7)
        • Compressor Replacement (LAT)
        • Compressor Clutch Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Pressure Relief Valve Replacement (LY7)
        • Compressor Pressure Relief Valve Replacement (LAT, LE5)
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Compressor and Condenser Hose Replacement (LY7)
        • Suction Hose Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Condenser and Air Conditioning Evaporator Tube Replacement
        • Liquid Line Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Evaporator Thermal Expansion Valve Hose Replacement
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Filter Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Refrigerant Service Valve Core Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Inlet Hose Replacement (LZ4, LZ9)
        • Heater Inlet Hose Replacement (LY7)
        • Heater Inlet Hose Replacement (LAT Pump to Engine)
        • Heater Inlet Hose Replacement (LAT Pump to Heater Core)
        • Heater Outlet Hose Replacement (LY7)
        • Heater Outlet Hose Replacement (LAT)
        • Heater Inlet Hose/Pipe and Heater Outlet Hose/Pipe Replacement
        • Heater Outlet Hose Replacement - Connector to Engine (LZ4)
        • Heater Outlet Hose Replacement - Heater Core to Connector (LZ4)
        • Heater Coolant Pump Replacement (LAT)
        • Blower Motor Resistor Replacement
        • Blower Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Window Air Outlet Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Center Air Outlet Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Replacement - Right Side
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Upper Duct Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Upper Duct Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Air Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Windshield Defroster Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Window Defogger Outlet Duct Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Window Defogger Outlet Duct Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Floor Air Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Floor Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Floor Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC System - Automatic
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sensor Resistance Table (Ambient Air Temp Sensor)
        • Sensor Resistance Table (Duct Temp conversion temp to counts)
        • Sensor Resistance Table (Inside Air Temperature Sensor)
        • Sensor Resistance Table (Upper and Lower Duct Temp Sensors)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
          • A/C Compressor Clutch
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Air Temperature Actuator
          • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower
          • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
          • Blower Motor
          • Blower Motor Control Module
          • HVAC Control Module C1
          • HVAC Control Module C2
          • Mode Actuator
          • Recirculation Actuator
          • Sunload Sensor
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0163, B0173 or B0178
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Faylt Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0164, B0174 or B0179
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0164 05 and 06
            • B0174 or B0179 05 and 06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B0164 05 and 06
            • B0174 05 and 06
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0183
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0183 02 and 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B0183 02 and 05
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0248, B0268 or B0408
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0532 or P0533
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0537 or P0538
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1545
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Blower Motor Always On
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Afterblow Enabling
        • Actuator Recalibration
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Replacement
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Mode/Recirculation Actuator
            • Mode Valve Assembly
            • Blower Motor Control Processor
          • Air Speed
          • Afterblow
          • Air Distribution
          • Recirculation Operation
          • Automatic Operation
          • Remote Vehicle Start HVAC Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • Air Temperature Sensors
            • Ambient Air Temperature Update
            • Sunload Sensor
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Afterblow
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Automatic Operation
          • Remote Vehicle Start HVAC Operation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
    • HVAC System - Manual
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
          • A/C Compressor Clutch
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Air Temperature Actuator
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
          • Ambient Light Sensor
          • Blower Motor
          • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly
          • HVAC Control Module C1
          • HVAC Control Module C2
          • Mode Actuator
          • Recirculation Actuator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC P0532 or P0533
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0537 or P0538
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Blower Motor Always On
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Test Description
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Afterblow Enabling
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Mode Actuator
            • Recirculation Actuator
          • Air Speed
            • Notes
            • Afterblow
          • Air Distribution
          • Recirculation Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Driver Information Center
            • Instrument Panel - Display
            • Ambient Air Temperature Update
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • Afterblow
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Remote Vehicle Start HVAC Operation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
• Hybrid/Electric Powertrain
  • Battery Management Systems
    • Hybrid Energy Storage System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Hybrid Energy Storage Schematic Icons
        • Hybrid Energy Storage Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hybrid Energy Storage Component Views
        • Hybrid Energy Storage Connector End Views
          • Battery Current Sensor
          • Generator Battery Disconnect Control Module C1
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • DTC P0A7E
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0A80
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0A9C, P0AC6, P0ACB, P0AE9, P1A19 or P1A1C
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • P0A9C
            • P0AC6
            • P0ACB
            • P0AE9
            • P1A19
            • P1A1C
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0A9D, P0A9E, P0AC7, P0AC8, P0ACC, P0ACD, P0AEA, P0AEB, P1A1A, P1A1B, P1A1D or P1A1E
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0A9D, P0AC7, P0ACC, P0AEA, P1A1A, P1A1D
            • P0A9E, P0AC8, P0ACD, P0AEB, P1A1B, P1A1E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
            • P0A9D, P0AC7, P0ACC, P0AEA, P1A1A, P1A1D
            • P0A9E, P0AC8, P0ACD, P0AEB, P1A1B, P1A1E
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • P0A9D-P0A9E
            • P0AC7-P0AC8
            • P0ACC-P0ACD
            • P0AEA-P0AEB
            • P0A1A-P0A1B
            • P0A1D-P0A1E
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0AA1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0AA2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0ABB
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0ABC or P0ABD
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0ABC
            • P0ABD
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • P0ABC
            • P0ABD
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0AC0
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0AC1 or P0AC2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0AC1
            • P0AC2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0ADB or P0ADC
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0ADB
            • P0ADC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A04, P1A05, P1A06 or P1A08
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P1A04, P1A06
            • P1A05
            • P1A08
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • P1A04
            • P1A05, P1A06, P1A08
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A07
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A0C or P1A0D
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P1A0C
            • P1A0D
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A0E or P1A0F
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P1A0E
            • P1A0F
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A22, P1A23, P1A29, P1A2A, P1A30 or P1A31
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P1A22
            • P1A23
            • P1A29
            • P1A2A
            • P1A30
            • P1A31
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A25, P1A2C or P1A33
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A26
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A47
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A48 or P1A49
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P1A48
            • P1A49
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A4E
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A59
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A5A
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1AB0
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hybrid Battery Service Disconnect/Connect
          • Disconnect Procedure
          • Connect Procedure
        • Generator Battery Disconnect Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Fuse Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 36-Volt Battery Positive Cable Replacement (Engine to Passenger Compartment)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 36-Volt Battery Positive Cable Replacement (Passenger Compartment to Module)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 36-Volt Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Battery Fuse Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Battery Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Battery Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Battery Temperature Sensor Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Generator Battery Carrier Description and Operation
          • Generator Control Module
          • Starter Generator
          • Generator Control Module Coolant Pump
          • Three Phase Cable Assembly
          • Generator Battery (Carrier Assembly)
          • Generator Battery
          • Generator Battery Vent Fan
          • Generator Battery Temperature Sensors
          • Generator Battery Temperature Sensor Wiring Harness
          • Generator Battery Fuse
          • Generator Battery Disconnect Control Module
          • Generator Battery Disconnect Control Module Cover
  • Cooling Systems
    • Hybrid Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Hybrid Cooling Schematic Icons
        • Hybrid Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hybrid Cooling Component Views
        • Hybrid Cooling Connector End Views
          • Heater Coolant Pump
          • Pump Driver
          • Starter Generator Control Module (SGCM) Coolant Pump
          • Transmission Pump
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • DTC B3844
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0A81-P0A83
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0A81
            • P0A82
            • P0A83
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • P0A81
            • P0A82, P0A83
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0A84 or P0A85
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Generator Control Module Coolant Pump Hose Replacement
        • Generator Control Module Coolant Hose Replacement
        • Generator Control Module Coolant Outlet Hose Replacement
        • Generator Control Module Coolant Pump Replacement
        • Generator Battery Vent Fan Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Starter Generator Control Module Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Generator Control Module
          • Starter Generator
          • Generator Control Module Coolant Pump
          • Three Phase Cable Assembly
          • Generator Battery (Carrier Assembly)
          • Generator Battery
          • Generator Battery Vent Fan
          • Generator Battery Temperature Sensors
          • Generator Battery Temperature Sensor Wiring Harness
          • Generator Battery Fuse
          • Generator Battery Disconnect Control Module
          • Generator Battery Disconnect Control Module Cover
  • Electric Motor Systems
    • Hybrid Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Hybrid Controls Schematic Icons
        • Hybrid Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hybrid Controls Component Views
        • Hybrid Controls Connector End Views
          • Starter Generator C1
          • Starter Generator C2
          • Starter Generator Control Module (SGCM) C1
          • Starter Generator Control Module (SGCM) C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • DTC P0A06 or P0A07
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0A06
            • P0A07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • P0A06, P0A07
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • P0A06
            • P0A07
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • P0A06
            • P0A07
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0A1E
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0A37
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0A38 or P0A39
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0A38
            • P0A39
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • P0A38, P0A39
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • P0A38, P0A39
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • P0A38
            • P0A39
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0A3B
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0A4B
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0A4C
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0A50
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0A7C
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0A87
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0A88 or P0A89
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0A88
            • P0A89
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • P0A88, P0A89
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • P0A88, P0A89
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • P0A88
            • P0A89
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0A8E
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0A92
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0AF7
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0AF8 or P0AFB
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
            • P0AF8
            • P0AFB
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0AF8
            • P0AFB
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • P0AF8
            • P0AFB
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0AFA
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • SGCM 36 volt Output Terminal Circuit Low
            • Hybrid Battery Pack Voltage Low
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A56
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A62
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A63, P1A69, P1A6A or P1A6B
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P1A63
            • P1A69
            • P1A6A
            • P1A6B
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • P1A63, P1A69, P1A6A, P1A6B
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • P1A63, P1A69, P1A6A, P1A6B
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • P1A63, P1A69, P1A6A, P1A6B
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A6C
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A6D or P1A6E
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A6F
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A70
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A7B
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A7C or P1A7D
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P1A7C
            • P1A7D
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • P1A7C, P1A7D
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • P1A7C, P1A7D
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • P1A7C
            • P1A7D
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A8D or P1A8E
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P1A8D
            • P1A8E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • P1A8D, P1A8E
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • P1A8D, P1A8E
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • P1A8D
            • P1A8E
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A8F
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A90
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A91 or P1A92
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P1A91
            • P1A92
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • P1A91, P1A92
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • P1A91, P1A92
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • P1A91
            • P1A92
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A93 or P1A94
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • P1A93, P1A94
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P1A93
            • P1A94
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • P1A93, P1A94
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • P1A93, P1A94
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • P1A94
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A95 or P1A96
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • P1A95, P1A96
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P1A95
            • P1A96
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • P1A95, P1A96
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • P1A95, P1A96
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • P1A95, P1A96
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A97 or P1A98
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • P1A97, P1A98
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P1A97
            • P1A98
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • P1A97, P1A98
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • P1A97, P1A98
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • P1A97
            • P1A98
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A9B
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A9C, P1A9D, P1AA0 or P1AA1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • P1A9C, P1A9D, P1AA0, P1AA1
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P1A9C, P1AA0
            • P1A9D, P1AA1
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • P1A9C, P1A9D, P1AA0, P1AA1
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • P1A9C, P1A9D, P1AA0, P1AA1
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • P1A9C, P1AA0
            • P1A9D, P1AA1
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1A9E or P1AA2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • P1A9E, P1AA2
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P1A9E, P1AA2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • P1A9E, P1AA2
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • P1A9E, P1AA2
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Pp1A9E, P1AA2
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1AA8, P1AB9, P1ABA or P1ABB
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P1AA8
            • P1AB9
            • P1ABA
            • P1ABB
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • P1AA8
            • P1AB9, P1ABA
            • P1ABB
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1AAE or P1AAF
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
            • Notes
            • P1AAE
            • P1AAF
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P1AAE
            • P1AAF
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • P1AAE
            • P1AAF
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • P1AAE
            • P1AAF
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1AB1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1AB3-P1AB8
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • P1AB3, P1AB4, P1AB5, P1AB6, P1AB7, P1AB8
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P1AB3, P1AB5, P1AB7
            • P1AB4, P1AB6, P1AB8
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • P1AB3, P1AB4, P1AB5, P1AB6, P1AB7, P1AB8
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • P1AB3, P1AB4
            • P1AB5, P1AB6
            • P1AB7, P1AB8
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • P1AB3, P1AB5, P1AB7
            • P1AB4, P1AB6, P1AB8
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Generator with Starter Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Control Module 3-Phase Cable Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Control Module Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Control Module Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Starter/Generator Description and Operation
          • Generator Control Module
          • Starter Generator
          • Generator Control Module Coolant Pump
          • Three Phase Cable Assembly
          • Generator Battery (Carrier Assembly)
          • Generator Battery
          • Generator Battery Vent Fan
          • Generator Battery Temperature Sensors
          • Generator Battery Temperature Sensor Wiring Harness
          • Generator Battery Fuse
          • Generator Battery Disconnect Control Module
          • Generator Battery Disconnect Control Module Cover
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hybrid Service Disable Procedures
      • Safety Precautions
      • Special Tools
      • High-Voltage Disable
        • Disconnect
        • Isolation Check
        • Connect
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities (BAS/Hybrid)
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities (Aura)
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
          • When to Change Engine Oil
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Without Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • With Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
          • Notes
          • Preferred Scan Tool Learn Enable Method
          • Alternate Keyless Entry Transmitter or DIC Learn Enable Method
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • SIR Schematic Icons
        • SIR Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Component Views
        • SIR Identification Views
        • SIR Connector End Views
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor - Left
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor - Right
          • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C1
          • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C2
          • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF Indicator
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module C1
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module C2
          • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module - Left (AY0)
          • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module - Right (AY0)
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner - Left Front
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner - Right Front
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Left (AY0)
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Right (AY0)
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Left (AY0)
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Right (AY0)
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C1
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C2
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C1
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C2
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C3
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - SIR
        • Passenger Presence System Flash Code Procedures
          • Introduction
          • Passenger Presence System (PPS) Flash Code Procedure
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC 032
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 034
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 036
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 052
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 056
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0012 or B0013
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0012 01 Stage 1 or B0013 01 Stage 2
            • B0012 02 Stage 1 or B0013 02 Stage 2
            • B0012 04 Stage 1 or B0013 04 Stage 2
            • B0012 0D Stage 1 or B0013 0D Stage 2
            • B0012 0E Stage 1 or B0013 0E Stage 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0014
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0014 01
            • B0014 02
            • B0014 04
            • B0014 0D
            • B0014 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0015
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0015 01
            • B0015 02
            • B0015 04
            • B0015 0D
            • B0015 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0016
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0016 01
            • B0016 02
            • B0016 04
            • B0016 0D
            • B0016 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0019 or B0020
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0019 01 Stage 1 or B0020 01 Stage 2
            • B0019 02 Stage 1 or B0020 02 Stage 2
            • B0019 04 Stage 1 or B0020 04 Stage 2
            • B0019 0D Stage 1 or B0020 0D Stage 2
            • B0019 0E Stage 1 or B0020 0E Stage 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0021
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0021 01
            • B0021 02
            • B0021 04
            • B0021 0D
            • B0021 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0022
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0022 01
            • B0022 02
            • B0022 04
            • B0022 0D
            • B0022 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0023
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0023 01
            • B0023 02
            • B0023 04
            • B0023 0D
            • B0023 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0052 or B0053
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0052
            • B0053
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0081
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B0081 3A
            • B0081 39
            • B0081 71
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0083 or B0084
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B0083 04 or B0084 04
            • B0083 39 or B0084 39
            • B0083 71 or B0084 71
            • B0083 0F or B0084 0F
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC B0085
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B0085 01
            • B0085 02
            • B0085 04
            • B0085 39
            • B0085 71
            • B0085 0F
            • B0085 3A
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC B0086
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B0086 01
            • B0086 02
            • B0086 04
            • B0086 39
            • B0086 71
            • B0086 0F
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC B1001
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1019
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1370
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
            • Notes
            • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1370 01
            • B1370 06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Passenger Presence System Rezeroing
          • Introduction
          • Passenger Presence System (PPS) Rezeroing Procedure
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Bag Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Passenger Presence System Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling
          • Notes
          • SIR Service Precautions
          • General Service Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • Notes
          • General Service Instructions
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System Replacement - Front (w/Heated Seats)
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System Replacement - Front (w/o Heated Seats)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Indicator Replacement
        • Roof Side Rail Inflatable Restraint Module Replacement
        • Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner Replacement - Front
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Accident With or Without Air Bag Deployment - Component Inspections
          • Frontal Inflator Module Deployment
          • Accident With Side Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
        • Inflator Module Handling and Scrapping
          • Tools Required
          • Live (Undeployed) Inflator Module
          • Dual Stage Inflator Module
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle (Steering Wheel Module, I/P Module, Side Impact Module and Roof Rail Module)
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle (Vehicle Scrapping Procedure)
        • Pretensioner Handling and Scrapping
          • Notes
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Inside the Vehicle
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle for Seat Belt Pretensioners
          • Tools Required
      • Description and Operation
        • SIR System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • Frontal SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System
          • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF Indicator
          • AIR BAG Indicator
          • Dual Stage Inflator Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
          • Steering Wheel and Column
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensors
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner
          • Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harness
          • Knee Bolster
          • Side SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
          • Seat Belt Switch - Left
          • Seat Belt Switch - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Does Not Retract
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Driver
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Passenger
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Front Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
        • Shoulder Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement - Front
        • Rear Seat Belt Retractor Replacement
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Center Rear
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicators
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
          • Seat Belt Switch - Left
          • Seat Belt Switch - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Does Not Retract
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Driver
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Passenger
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Front Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
        • Shoulder Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement - Front
        • Rear Seat Belt Retractor Replacement
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Center Rear
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicators
• Steering
  • Electronic Steering
    • Steering Wheel Torque Sensor Replacement
      • Steering Shaft Torque Sensor Replacement
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Steering Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering Component Views
        • Power Steering Connector End Views
          • Power Steering Control Module C1
          • Power Steering Control Module C2
          • Power Steering Control Module C3
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Electronic Power Steering)
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Hydraulic Power Steering)
        • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (LZ4)
        • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (LY7)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0000
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0176
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0460 (Symptom 00)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0460 (Symptom 4B)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0475 (Symptom 00)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0475 (Symptom 64)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0545 (Symptom 00)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0545 (Symptom 4B)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0569
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0896
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0897
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC C0899
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0900
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System (EPS)
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System (HPS)
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Power Steering System Test (HPS)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks (HPS)
        • Rattle, Clunk or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System (EPS)
        • Rattle, Clunk or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System (HPS)
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System (EPS)
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System (HPS)
        • Increase in Effort While Turning Steering Wheel
        • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
        • Steering Wheel Surges/Jerks While Turning (EPS)
        • Steering Wheel Kickback (EPS)
        • Steering Effort Hard or Too Easy in One or Both Directions (EPS)
        • Steering Effort Hard or Too Easy in One or Both Directions (HPS)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Steering System Bleeding
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering System Flushing
        • Remote Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement (LY7)
        • Power Steering Pump Pulley Replacement (LZ4)
        • Power Steering Pump Pulley Replacement (LY7)
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (LZ4)
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (LY7)
        • Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (LZ4)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (LZ4)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
        • Steering Gear Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (LZ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Outlet Hose Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (LZ4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (LZ4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Replacement (Electronic Power Steering)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Replacement (Hydraulic Power Steering LZ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Replacement (Hydraulic Power Steering LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (HPS)
        • Steering Gear Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assembly and Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (HPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Assist Motor Replacement (EPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation (EPS)
          • Notes
          • Steering Shaft Torque Sensor
          • Steering Wheel Position Sensor
          • Power Steering Motor
          • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM)
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation (HPS)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Steering Wheel Torque Sensor Replacement
      • Steering Shaft Torque Sensor Replacement
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
  • Power Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Steering Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering Component Views
        • Power Steering Connector End Views
          • Power Steering Control Module C1
          • Power Steering Control Module C2
          • Power Steering Control Module C3
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Electronic Power Steering)
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Hydraulic Power Steering)
        • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (LZ4)
        • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (LY7)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0000
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0176
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0460 (Symptom 00)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0460 (Symptom 4B)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0475 (Symptom 00)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0475 (Symptom 64)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0545 (Symptom 00)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0545 (Symptom 4B)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0569
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0896
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0897
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC C0899
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0900
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System (EPS)
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System (HPS)
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Power Steering System Test (HPS)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks (HPS)
        • Rattle, Clunk or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System (EPS)
        • Rattle, Clunk or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System (HPS)
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System (EPS)
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System (HPS)
        • Increase in Effort While Turning Steering Wheel
        • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
        • Steering Wheel Surges/Jerks While Turning (EPS)
        • Steering Wheel Kickback (EPS)
        • Steering Effort Hard or Too Easy in One or Both Directions (EPS)
        • Steering Effort Hard or Too Easy in One or Both Directions (HPS)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Steering System Bleeding
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering System Flushing
        • Remote Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement (LY7)
        • Power Steering Pump Pulley Replacement (LZ4)
        • Power Steering Pump Pulley Replacement (LY7)
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (LZ4)
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (LY7)
        • Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (LZ4)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (LZ4)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
        • Steering Gear Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (LZ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Outlet Hose Replacement (LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (LZ4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (LZ4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Replacement (Electronic Power Steering)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Replacement (Hydraulic Power Steering LZ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Replacement (Hydraulic Power Steering LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (HPS)
        • Steering Gear Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assembly and Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (HPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Assist Motor Replacement (EPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation (EPS)
          • Notes
          • Steering Shaft Torque Sensor
          • Steering Wheel Position Sensor
          • Power Steering Motor
          • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM)
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation (HPS)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Steering Wheel Torque Sensor Replacement
      • Steering Shaft Torque Sensor Replacement
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
  • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Electronic Power Steering)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Hydraulic Power Steering)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column (Hydraulic Power Steering (HPS))
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • High Telescoping Effort
      • High Effort While Tilting Column
      • Noise While Driver Adjusting Column
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Lever Replacement (Electronic Power Steering)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Lever Replacement (Hydraulic Power Steering)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
      • Steering Column Replacement (Hydraulic Power Steering)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement (Electronic Power Steering)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security, Found on Some Vehicle Models
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Bearing and Hub Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Lower Control Arm Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Strut Disposal
        • Strut, Strut Component and Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Front Suspension Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Suspension Strut and Shock Absorber Testing - On Vehicle
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection
          • Trim Height Measurement
          • Measuring the P and R Dimension
          • Measuring the Z. Dimension
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Wheel Bearing and Hub Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knuckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Upper Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Lower Control Arm Replacement
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
        • Shock Absorber Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
        • Coil Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coil Spring Insulators Replacement
        • Trailing Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trailing Arm Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Toe Link Replacement
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Suspension Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Suspension Strut and Shock Absorber Testing - On Vehicle
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection
          • Trim Height Measurement
          • Measuring the P and R Dimension
          • Measuring the Z. Dimension
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment System
    • Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Repair Instructions
      • Wheel Alignment Measurement
      • Front Caster Adjustment
      • Front Camber Adjustment
      • Front Toe Adjustment
      • Rear Camber Adjustment
      • Rear Toe Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Caster Description
      • Camber Description
      • Toe Description
      • Thrust Angles Description
      • Lead/Pull Description
      • Torque Steer Description
      • Memory Steer Description
      • Wander Description
      • Scrub Radius Description
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • System Familiarization
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • System Diagnosis
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0569
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760 or C0765
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0775
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Grommet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn
          • Learn Mode Description
          • Sensor Functions Using J-46079
          • Sensor Functions Using Pressure Increase/Decrease Method
          • Learn Mode Cancellation
          • TPM Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Tires And Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Finish Damage Evaluation Procedure
          • Refinishing Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
          • Notes
          • External Inspection
          • Internal Inspection
          • Cleaning
          • Clean the Injury Channel
          • Fill the Injury
          • Repair Unit Selection
          • Buffing
          • Cementing
          • Repair Unit Application
          • Safety Cage
          • Final Inspection
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T45-E - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission
        • Notes
        • Symptoms
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List (2.4L Hybrid)
      • Scan Tool Data List (3.5L)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
        • Notes
        • Type A
        • Type B
        • Type C
        • Type X
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T45-E - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Logic
        • Transmission Range Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
        • End Play Specifications
        • Clutch Plate Selection Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
          • C100 Engine Side to Transmission Side
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS), Wiring Harness Side
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch, Wiring Harness Side
          • Input Speed Sensor (ISS), Wiring Harness Side
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM), Engine Side
          • Output Speed Sensor (OSS), Wiring Harness Side
          • Park/Neutral Position Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T45-E - DTC P0218 To DTC P0741
      • DTC P0218 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0218 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0562 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running The DTC
        • Conditions for Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0562 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running The DTC
        • Conditions for Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0563 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running The DTC
        • Conditions for Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0563 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running The DTC
        • Conditions for Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604 or P062F (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604 or P062F (3.5L)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0705 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0705 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0711 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
          • Condition 3
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0711 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
          • Condition 3
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0712 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0712 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0713 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0713 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0716 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0716 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0717 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0717 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0722 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0722 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0723 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0723 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0741 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T45-E - DTC P0741 Yo DTC P0974
      • DTC P0741 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0742 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0742 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0751 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0751 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0752 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0752 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0756 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0756 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0757 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0757 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0787 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0788 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0815 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0816 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0826 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0842 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0842 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0843 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0843 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0961 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0961 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0973 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0973 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0974 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T45-E - DTC P0974 To DTC P2797
      • DTC P0974 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0976 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0976 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0977 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0977 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0B09 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P1750 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P1808 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1809 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1810 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1810 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1811 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1811 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1816 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1816 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1818 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1818 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1876 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P1877 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2534 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2534 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2763 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2763 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2764 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2764 (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2796 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2797 (2.4L Hybrid)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T45-E - Service, Overhaul, Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
        • TAP Shift Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Transmission Fluid Check
        • Line Pressure Check
        • Road Test
          • Notes
          • Electrical Function Check
          • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
          • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Manual Downshifts
          • Coasting Downshifts
          • Manual Gear Range Selection
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
          • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
          • Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
          • Torque Converter Evaluation and Diagnosis
        • Noise and Vibration Analysis
        • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
          • Composition Plates
          • Steel Plates
          • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
        • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
        • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
          • General Method
          • Powder Method
          • Dye and Black Light Method
          • Find the Cause of the Leak
          • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
        • Case Porosity Repair
        • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
          • Tools Required
          • Leak Test Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 45096)
          • Notes
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Machine Set-up
          • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
          • Back Flush Procedure
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Code Recording Procedure
          • Clean-up
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (SA9165T)
          • Notes
          • Preparation
          • Back Flush
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Clean-up
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Leaks
        • High or Low Line Pressure
        • Inaccurate/Inconsistent Shift Points
        • Harsh Shifts
        • No Reverse or Slips in Reverse
        • No First Gear, Slips in First Gear
        • No Second Gear, Slips in Second Gear
        • No Third Gear, Slips in Third Gear
        • Second Gear Only
        • No Fourth Gear, or Slips in Fourth Gear
        • Loss of Drive
        • Loss of Power
        • Engine Stall
        • First and Second Gears Only
        • Third and Fourth Gears Only
        • First and Fourth Gears Only
        • Second and Third Gears Only
        • No Park
        • Ratcheting Noise
        • No Engine Braking; All Manual Ranges
        • No Engine Braking; Manual Second - Second Gear
        • No Engine Braking; Manual First - First Gear
        • Drives in Neutral
        • No Gear Selection
        • Shift Indicator Indicates Wrong Gear Selection
        • Fluid Foaming
        • Vibration
        • Whine Noise Varying with RPM
        • High Pitch Whine Noise
        • Popping Noise
        • Buzz Noise or High Frequency Rattle Sound
        • Whine/Growl Noise That Changes with Vehicle Speed
        • Final Drive Noise or Hum Noise
        • Noise in Random Ranges
        • Noise in First, Second, Third, or Fourth
        • No Torque Converter Clutch Release
        • Torque Converter Clutch Apply with Cold Engine
        • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
      • Repair Instructions - On Vehicle
        • Transmission Control Module Replacement (Hybrid)
        • Transmission Control Module Replacement (Non-Hybrid)
        • Auxiliary Fluid Pump Control Module Replacement
        • Floor Shift Control Knob Replacement
        • Park Lock Cable Adjustment
        • Park Lock Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Control Replacement
        • Floor Shift Control Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Control Indicator Replacement
        • Shift Control Cable Adjustment
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure (Old Switch)
          • Installation Procedure (New Switch)
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Filter and Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Low/Reverse Servo Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassemble Procedure
          • Assemble Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Pipe Connector Replacement - Radiator
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Quick-Connect Fitting Disconnection and Connection
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Pipes Replacement (LZ4)
        • Fluid Cooler Pipe Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Fluid Pump Inlet Pipe Replacement
        • Auxiliary Fluid Pump Outlet Pipe Replacement
        • Auxiliary Fluid Pump Replacement
        • Auxiliary Fluid Pump Priming
        • Oil Feed Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Cover Gasket Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
            • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Replacement
          • Replacement Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly/Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Seal and Output Shaft Sleeve Replacement - Right Side
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Seal and Output Shaft Sleeve Replacement - Left Side
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Inspection
        • Transmission Front Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Rear Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Left Side (Sedan / Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement (2.4L (LAT) W/ME7)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement (3.5L (LZ4) W/MN5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Repair Instructions - Off Vehicle
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Auxiliary Fluid Pump Removal (L4 Hybrid Only)
        • Transmission Holding Fixture Assemble
        • Stub Shaft Removal
        • Output Speed Sensor Removal
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pan and Gasket Removal
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Filter, Seal, and Level Control Valve Removal
        • Oil Feed Pipes Removal
        • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Removal
        • Low and Reverse Servo Removal
        • Control Valve Body Cover Removal
        • Output Shaft Removal
        • Oil Pump and Oil Pump Shaft Removal
        • Wire Harness Disconnect
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Removal
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
        • Control Valve Body Spacer Plate and 4-3 Downshift On/Off Solenoid Removal
        • Checkball Removal
        • Manual Valve Clip Removal
        • Channel Plate and Gasket Removal
        • Accumulator Spring Removal
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Removal
        • Input Speed Sensor Removal
        • Wiring Harness Removal
          • Tools Required
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Removal
        • Second Clutch Plates Removal
        • Reverse Input Clutch Housing Removal
        • Intermediate Fourth Band Removal
        • Direct/Coast Clutch and Reaction Gear Set Removal
        • Input Carrier and Reaction Gear Assembly Removal
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Removal
        • Forward Clutch and Low/Reverse Band Removal
        • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Removal
          • Tools Required
        • Final Drive Assembly Removal
        • Final Drive Internal Gear Removal
        • Manual Shift Shaft, Detent Lever, and Park Lock Removal
        • Transmission Cooler Line Seals Removal
          • Tool Required
        • Torque Converter Seal Removal
          • Tools Required
        • Drive Sprocket Support Removal
        • Right Hand Axle Seal Removal
        • Case Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Actuator Guide Replacement
        • Drive Sprocket Support Installation
        • Torque Converter Seal Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Transmission Cooler Line Seals Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Manual Shift Shaft, Detent Lever, and Park Lock Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Final Drive Assembly Disassemble
        • Final Drive Assembly Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Final Drive Pinion End Play Check
        • Fretting Ring, Final Drive Internal Gear Install
        • Final Drive and Differential Assembly Install
          • Tools Required
        • Forward Clutch Support, Roller Clutch Disassemble
        • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Install
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Disassemble
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Assemble
        • Low/Reverse Band Installation
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Installation
        • Forward Clutch Functional Air Check
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Disassemble
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Install
        • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Disassemble
        • Input Carrier Pinion Gear Clearance Check
        • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Installation
        • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Disassemble
        • Reaction Carrier Pinion Clearance Check
        • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Assemble
        • Direct and Coast Clutch Functional Air Checks
        • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Installation
        • Selective Washer Measurement and Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Reverse Input and Second Roller Clutch Disassemble
        • Reverse Input and Second Roller Clutch Assemble
        • Reverse Clutch Functional Air Check
          • Tools Required
        • Reverse Input and Second Roller Clutch Installation
        • Intermediate Fourth Band Assembly Installation
        • Second Clutch Plate Installation
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Disassemble
        • Drive Sprocket Support Assemble
        • Second Clutch Functional Air Check
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Installation
        • Wiring Harness Connection
        • Input Speed Sensor Installation
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Disassemble
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Assemble
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Channel Plate Assembly Disassemble
        • Channel Plate Assembly Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Accumulator Springs Installation
        • Channel Plate Assembly Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Manual Valve Link Installation
        • Checkballs Installation
        • Control Valve Body Spacer Plate and 4-3 Downshift On/Off Solenoid Installation
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Control Valve Body Assemble
        • Control Valve Assembly and Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Installation
        • Wiring Harness Assembly Connect
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assembly Installation
        • Side Cover/Gaskets, Disassemble, Assemble, Install
          • Tools Required
        • Side Cover Axle Seal Installation
        • Output Shaft Inspect
        • Output Shaft Sleeve Replacement
        • Output Shaft Installation
        • Stub Shaft Sleeve Assembly Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Right Hand Axle Seal Assemble
        • Output Speed Sensor Installation
        • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Disassemble
        • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Assemble and Installation
        • Low and Reverse Servo Disassemble
        • Low and Reverse Servo Assemble and Installation
        • Oil Feed Pipes Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Filter Assembly and Seal Installation
        • Oil Level Control Valve Installation
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pan and Gasket Installation
        • Auxiliary Fluid Pump Installation (L4 Hybrid Only)
        • Torque Converter Installation
          • Tools Required
      • Description And Operation
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve
          • Automatic Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Shift Solenoid Valves: 1-2 and 2-3
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Input Speed Sensor
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Park/Neutral Position Switch
          • Floor Shift Control
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
              • Actuator Feed Limit (AFL) Valve
              • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve
              • Torque Signal Regulating Valve
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • Low and Reverse Servo
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • Lube 2
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valves
              • 1-2, and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits
            • Park - Engine Running - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (L4 Hybrid)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
              • Actuator Feed Limit (AFL) Valve
              • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve
              • Torque Signal Regulating Valve
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • Low and Reverse Servo
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • Lube 2
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valves
              • 1-2, and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits
            • Park - Engine Running - L4 Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Manual Valve
              • Pressure Regulator and Boost Valves
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Reverse Clutch
            • Low and Reverse Band Remains Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • Low and Reverse Servo
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • Pressure Regulator (PR) Valve
              • TCC Feed Limit Valve
              • TCC Regulated Apply Valve
              • TCC Control Valve
              • Torque Converter
            • Cooler and Lube
              • Lube 1
              • Lube 2
            • Reverse - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (L4 Hybrid)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Manual Valve
              • Pressure Regulator and Boost Valves
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Reverse Clutch
            • Low and Reverse Band Remains Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • Low and Reverse Servo
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • Pressure Regulator (PR) Valve
              • TCC Feed Limit Valve
              • TCC Regulated Apply Valve
              • TCC Control Valve
              • Torque Converter
            • Cooler and Lube
              • Lube 1
              • Lube 2
            • Reverse - L4 Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Low and Reverse Band Releases
              • Low and Reverse Servo
            • Forward Clutch Applies
              • Forward Clutch
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (L4 Hybrid)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Low and Reverse Band Releases
              • Low and Reverse Servo
            • Forward Clutch Applies
              • Forward Clutch
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - L4 Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Second Clutch Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • #2 Checkball (Second Clutch Apply)
              • Second Clutch
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2 Accumulator
              • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
              • TCC Control - Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (L4 Hybrid)
            • Notes
            • Second Clutch Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • #2 Checkball (Second Clutch Apply)
              • Second Clutch
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2 Accumulator
              • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
              • TCC Control - Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - L4 Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Direct Clutch Applies
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • #5 Checkball (Direct Clutch Apply)
              • Direct Clutch
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 2-3 Accumulator
              • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - TCC Not Applied - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (L4 Hybrid)
            • Notes
            • Direct Clutch Applies
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • #5 Checkball (Direct Clutch Apply)
              • Direct Clutch
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 2-3 Accumulator
              • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - TCC Not Applied - L4 Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 3-4 Accumulator
              • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch Applied
              • TCC Control Solenoid Valve
              • TCC Regulated Apply Valve
              • TCC Control Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (L4 Hybrid)
            • Notes
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 3-4 Accumulator
              • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch Applied
              • TCC Control Solenoid Valve
              • TCC Regulated Apply Valve
              • TCC Control Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - L4 Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Third Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Fourth Gear Hydraulically Prevented
              • Manual Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Manual Third - Second and First Gears
            • Manual Range 3rd - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Third Gear (L4 Hybrid)
            • Notes
            • Fourth Gear Hydraulically Prevented
              • Manual Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Manual Third - Second and First Gears
            • Manual Range 3rd - L4 Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Second Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
              • Notes
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • Direct Clutch Releases
              • Direct Clutch
              • #6 Checkball (Direct Clutch Release)
              • 2-3 Accumulator
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applies
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • #3 Checkball (Intermediate Band Apply)
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Pressure Control
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Manual Range 2nd - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Second Gear (L4 Hybrid)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
              • Notes
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • Direct Clutch Releases
              • Direct Clutch
              • #6 Checkball (Direct Clutch Release)
              • 2-3 Accumulator
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applies
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • #3 Checkball (Intermediate Band Apply)
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Pressure Control
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Manual Range 2nd - L4 Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual First Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
              • Notes
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • #1 Checkball (Low/PRN)
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Second Clutch Releases
              • Second Clutch
              • 1-2 Accumulator
              • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valve
              • TCC Control Solenoid Valve
            • Intermediate Band Releases
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
              • Low and Reverse Servo
            • Manual Range 1st - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual First Gear (L4 Hybrid)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
              • Notes
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • #1 Checkball (Low/PRN)
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Second Clutch Releases
              • Second Clutch
              • 1-2 Accumulator
              • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valve
              • TCC Control Solenoid Valve
            • Intermediate Band Releases
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
              • Low and Reverse Servo
            • Manual Range 1st - L4 Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools
    • Shift Lock Control System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Shift Lock Control Component Views
        • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
          • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM)
        • DTC B2705
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2705 02
            • B2705 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation
  • Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T45-E - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Logic
        • Transmission Range Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
        • End Play Specifications
        • Clutch Plate Selection Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
          • C100 Engine Side to Transmission Side
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS), Wiring Harness Side
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch, Wiring Harness Side
          • Input Speed Sensor (ISS), Wiring Harness Side
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM), Engine Side
          • Output Speed Sensor (OSS), Wiring Harness Side
          • Park/Neutral Position Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T45-E - Service, Overhaul, Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
        • TAP Shift Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Transmission Fluid Check
        • Line Pressure Check
        • Road Test
          • Notes
          • Electrical Function Check
          • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
          • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Manual Downshifts
          • Coasting Downshifts
          • Manual Gear Range Selection
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
          • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
          • Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
          • Torque Converter Evaluation and Diagnosis
        • Noise and Vibration Analysis
        • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
          • Composition Plates
          • Steel Plates
          • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
        • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
        • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
          • General Method
          • Powder Method
          • Dye and Black Light Method
          • Find the Cause of the Leak
          • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
        • Case Porosity Repair
        • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
          • Tools Required
          • Leak Test Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 45096)
          • Notes
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Machine Set-up
          • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
          • Back Flush Procedure
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Code Recording Procedure
          • Clean-up
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (SA9165T)
          • Notes
          • Preparation
          • Back Flush
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Clean-up
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Leaks
        • High or Low Line Pressure
        • Inaccurate/Inconsistent Shift Points
        • Harsh Shifts
        • No Reverse or Slips in Reverse
        • No First Gear, Slips in First Gear
        • No Second Gear, Slips in Second Gear
        • No Third Gear, Slips in Third Gear
        • Second Gear Only
        • No Fourth Gear, or Slips in Fourth Gear
        • Loss of Drive
        • Loss of Power
        • Engine Stall
        • First and Second Gears Only
        • Third and Fourth Gears Only
        • First and Fourth Gears Only
        • Second and Third Gears Only
        • No Park
        • Ratcheting Noise
        • No Engine Braking; All Manual Ranges
        • No Engine Braking; Manual Second - Second Gear
        • No Engine Braking; Manual First - First Gear
        • Drives in Neutral
        • No Gear Selection
        • Shift Indicator Indicates Wrong Gear Selection
        • Fluid Foaming
        • Vibration
        • Whine Noise Varying with RPM
        • High Pitch Whine Noise
        • Popping Noise
        • Buzz Noise or High Frequency Rattle Sound
        • Whine/Growl Noise That Changes with Vehicle Speed
        • Final Drive Noise or Hum Noise
        • Noise in Random Ranges
        • Noise in First, Second, Third, or Fourth
        • No Torque Converter Clutch Release
        • Torque Converter Clutch Apply with Cold Engine
        • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
      • Repair Instructions - On Vehicle
        • Transmission Control Module Replacement (Hybrid)
        • Transmission Control Module Replacement (Non-Hybrid)
        • Auxiliary Fluid Pump Control Module Replacement
        • Floor Shift Control Knob Replacement
        • Park Lock Cable Adjustment
        • Park Lock Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Control Replacement
        • Floor Shift Control Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Control Indicator Replacement
        • Shift Control Cable Adjustment
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure (Old Switch)
          • Installation Procedure (New Switch)
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Filter and Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Low/Reverse Servo Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassemble Procedure
          • Assemble Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Pipe Connector Replacement - Radiator
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Quick-Connect Fitting Disconnection and Connection
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Pipes Replacement (LZ4)
        • Fluid Cooler Pipe Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Fluid Pump Inlet Pipe Replacement
        • Auxiliary Fluid Pump Outlet Pipe Replacement
        • Auxiliary Fluid Pump Replacement
        • Auxiliary Fluid Pump Priming
        • Oil Feed Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Cover Gasket Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
            • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Replacement
          • Replacement Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly/Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Seal and Output Shaft Sleeve Replacement - Right Side
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Seal and Output Shaft Sleeve Replacement - Left Side
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Inspection
        • Transmission Front Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Rear Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Left Side (Sedan / Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement (2.4L (LAT) W/ME7)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement (3.5L (LZ4) W/MN5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Repair Instructions - Off Vehicle
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Auxiliary Fluid Pump Removal (L4 Hybrid Only)
        • Transmission Holding Fixture Assemble
        • Stub Shaft Removal
        • Output Speed Sensor Removal
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pan and Gasket Removal
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Filter, Seal, and Level Control Valve Removal
        • Oil Feed Pipes Removal
        • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Removal
        • Low and Reverse Servo Removal
        • Control Valve Body Cover Removal
        • Output Shaft Removal
        • Oil Pump and Oil Pump Shaft Removal
        • Wire Harness Disconnect
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Removal
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
        • Control Valve Body Spacer Plate and 4-3 Downshift On/Off Solenoid Removal
        • Checkball Removal
        • Manual Valve Clip Removal
        • Channel Plate and Gasket Removal
        • Accumulator Spring Removal
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Removal
        • Input Speed Sensor Removal
        • Wiring Harness Removal
          • Tools Required
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Removal
        • Second Clutch Plates Removal
        • Reverse Input Clutch Housing Removal
        • Intermediate Fourth Band Removal
        • Direct/Coast Clutch and Reaction Gear Set Removal
        • Input Carrier and Reaction Gear Assembly Removal
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Removal
        • Forward Clutch and Low/Reverse Band Removal
        • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Removal
          • Tools Required
        • Final Drive Assembly Removal
        • Final Drive Internal Gear Removal
        • Manual Shift Shaft, Detent Lever, and Park Lock Removal
        • Transmission Cooler Line Seals Removal
          • Tool Required
        • Torque Converter Seal Removal
          • Tools Required
        • Drive Sprocket Support Removal
        • Right Hand Axle Seal Removal
        • Case Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Actuator Guide Replacement
        • Drive Sprocket Support Installation
        • Torque Converter Seal Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Transmission Cooler Line Seals Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Manual Shift Shaft, Detent Lever, and Park Lock Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Final Drive Assembly Disassemble
        • Final Drive Assembly Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Final Drive Pinion End Play Check
        • Fretting Ring, Final Drive Internal Gear Install
        • Final Drive and Differential Assembly Install
          • Tools Required
        • Forward Clutch Support, Roller Clutch Disassemble
        • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Install
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Disassemble
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Assemble
        • Low/Reverse Band Installation
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Installation
        • Forward Clutch Functional Air Check
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Disassemble
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Install
        • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Disassemble
        • Input Carrier Pinion Gear Clearance Check
        • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Installation
        • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Disassemble
        • Reaction Carrier Pinion Clearance Check
        • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Assemble
        • Direct and Coast Clutch Functional Air Checks
        • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Installation
        • Selective Washer Measurement and Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Reverse Input and Second Roller Clutch Disassemble
        • Reverse Input and Second Roller Clutch Assemble
        • Reverse Clutch Functional Air Check
          • Tools Required
        • Reverse Input and Second Roller Clutch Installation
        • Intermediate Fourth Band Assembly Installation
        • Second Clutch Plate Installation
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Disassemble
        • Drive Sprocket Support Assemble
        • Second Clutch Functional Air Check
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Installation
        • Wiring Harness Connection
        • Input Speed Sensor Installation
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Disassemble
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Assemble
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Channel Plate Assembly Disassemble
        • Channel Plate Assembly Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Accumulator Springs Installation
        • Channel Plate Assembly Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Manual Valve Link Installation
        • Checkballs Installation
        • Control Valve Body Spacer Plate and 4-3 Downshift On/Off Solenoid Installation
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Control Valve Body Assemble
        • Control Valve Assembly and Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Installation
        • Wiring Harness Assembly Connect
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assembly Installation
        • Side Cover/Gaskets, Disassemble, Assemble, Install
          • Tools Required
        • Side Cover Axle Seal Installation
        • Output Shaft Inspect
        • Output Shaft Sleeve Replacement
        • Output Shaft Installation
        • Stub Shaft Sleeve Assembly Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Right Hand Axle Seal Assemble
        • Output Speed Sensor Installation
        • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Disassemble
        • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Assemble and Installation
        • Low and Reverse Servo Disassemble
        • Low and Reverse Servo Assemble and Installation
        • Oil Feed Pipes Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Filter Assembly and Seal Installation
        • Oil Level Control Valve Installation
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pan and Gasket Installation
        • Auxiliary Fluid Pump Installation (L4 Hybrid Only)
        • Torque Converter Installation
          • Tools Required
      • Description And Operation
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve
          • Automatic Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Shift Solenoid Valves: 1-2 and 2-3
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Input Speed Sensor
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Park/Neutral Position Switch
          • Floor Shift Control
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
              • Actuator Feed Limit (AFL) Valve
              • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve
              • Torque Signal Regulating Valve
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • Low and Reverse Servo
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • Lube 2
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valves
              • 1-2, and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits
            • Park - Engine Running - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (L4 Hybrid)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Pressure Regulator Valve
              • Actuator Feed Limit (AFL) Valve
              • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve
              • Torque Signal Regulating Valve
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
              • Manual Valve
              • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • Low and Reverse Servo
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • Lube 2
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valves
              • 1-2, and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits
            • Park - Engine Running - L4 Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Manual Valve
              • Pressure Regulator and Boost Valves
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Reverse Clutch
            • Low and Reverse Band Remains Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • Low and Reverse Servo
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • Pressure Regulator (PR) Valve
              • TCC Feed Limit Valve
              • TCC Regulated Apply Valve
              • TCC Control Valve
              • Torque Converter
            • Cooler and Lube
              • Lube 1
              • Lube 2
            • Reverse - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (L4 Hybrid)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulation
              • Manual Valve
              • Pressure Regulator and Boost Valves
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Reverse Clutch
            • Low and Reverse Band Remains Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • Low and Reverse Servo
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • Pressure Regulator (PR) Valve
              • TCC Feed Limit Valve
              • TCC Regulated Apply Valve
              • TCC Control Valve
              • Torque Converter
            • Cooler and Lube
              • Lube 1
              • Lube 2
            • Reverse - L4 Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Low and Reverse Band Releases
              • Low and Reverse Servo
            • Forward Clutch Applies
              • Forward Clutch
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (L4 Hybrid)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Low and Reverse Band Releases
              • Low and Reverse Servo
            • Forward Clutch Applies
              • Forward Clutch
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - L4 Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Second Clutch Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • #2 Checkball (Second Clutch Apply)
              • Second Clutch
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2 Accumulator
              • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
              • TCC Control - Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (L4 Hybrid)
            • Notes
            • Second Clutch Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • #2 Checkball (Second Clutch Apply)
              • Second Clutch
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 1-2 Accumulator
              • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
              • TCC Control - Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - L4 Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Direct Clutch Applies
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • #5 Checkball (Direct Clutch Apply)
              • Direct Clutch
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 2-3 Accumulator
              • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - TCC Not Applied - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (L4 Hybrid)
            • Notes
            • Direct Clutch Applies
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
              • #5 Checkball (Direct Clutch Apply)
              • Direct Clutch
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 2-3 Accumulator
              • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - TCC Not Applied - L4 Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 3-4 Accumulator
              • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch Applied
              • TCC Control Solenoid Valve
              • TCC Regulated Apply Valve
              • TCC Control Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (L4 Hybrid)
            • Notes
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applied
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Shift Accumulation
              • 3-4 Accumulator
              • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch Applied
              • TCC Control Solenoid Valve
              • TCC Regulated Apply Valve
              • TCC Control Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - L4 Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Third Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Fourth Gear Hydraulically Prevented
              • Manual Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Manual Third - Second and First Gears
            • Manual Range 3rd - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Third Gear (L4 Hybrid)
            • Notes
            • Fourth Gear Hydraulically Prevented
              • Manual Valve
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Manual Third - Second and First Gears
            • Manual Range 3rd - L4 Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Second Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
              • Notes
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • Direct Clutch Releases
              • Direct Clutch
              • #6 Checkball (Direct Clutch Release)
              • 2-3 Accumulator
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applies
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • #3 Checkball (Intermediate Band Apply)
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Pressure Control
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Manual Range 2nd - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Second Gear (L4 Hybrid)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
              • Notes
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • Direct Clutch Releases
              • Direct Clutch
              • #6 Checkball (Direct Clutch Release)
              • 2-3 Accumulator
            • Intermediate and Fourth Band Applies
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
              • #3 Checkball (Intermediate Band Apply)
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Pressure Control
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
              • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Manual Range 2nd - L4 Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual First Gear (With Electronic Range Select Mode)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
              • Notes
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • #1 Checkball (Low/PRN)
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Second Clutch Releases
              • Second Clutch
              • 1-2 Accumulator
              • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valve
              • TCC Control Solenoid Valve
            • Intermediate Band Releases
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
              • Low and Reverse Servo
            • Manual Range 1st - With Electronic Range Select Mode - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual First Gear (L4 Hybrid)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
              • Notes
              • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
              • #1 Checkball (Low/PRN)
              • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
              • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Second Clutch Releases
              • Second Clutch
              • 1-2 Accumulator
              • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valve
              • TCC Control Solenoid Valve
            • Intermediate Band Releases
              • Intermediate and Fourth Servo
            • Low and Reverse Band Applies
              • Low and Reverse Servo
            • Manual Range 1st - L4 Hybrid - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools
• External Pages